España Cañi | Spanish Gypsy Dance | Paso-Doble arr. soprano saxophone, electric guitar & bass guitar

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for soprano saxophone, electric guitar & bass guitar. One of the most Read More...

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for soprano saxophone, electric guitar & bass guitar. One of the most familiar pieces of the Spanish repertoire this arrangement from PlentyMusic is now available to download. The plentymusic sheet music video and realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note beats per minute. The tempo in the arrangement is constant. Accompaniments are in place featuring the acoustic guitar & upright bass. They play back at 104, 108, 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There are many arrangements of this music available from the PlentyMusic sheet music library combining many instrument combinations. Enjoy making music with PlentyMusic sheet music pdf and accompaniment downloads. Improve practice routines and playing standards using these professionally prepared resources. The melody has some tricky rhythmic patterns and shapes to play and triplets are an additional challenge. There are a number of octave transpositions in the soprano part to avoid notes outside the instrument’s range. In this trio version the introduction has been shortened and the chords played on the electric guitar have been voiced appropriate for the guitarist to be playing in essentially first position. As there are no percussion instruments in the scoring the arranger has omitted the tremolos from bars 65-71 doubling the flute melody with bass line. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the music is nevertheless concise, dramatic and full of musical ideas and references to the elements of the Spanish idiom and style. The second section has an appealing syncopated melody with some lightening of the musical texture. The solo line played needs to be played with confidence and accuracy. It is also an excellent test as an ensemble piece requiring good communication between the soloist & accompanying guitar and bass. The solo part is quite challenging to play and needs to be learnt methodically most probably with some counting involved. Playing the melody at a slow tempo in the early stages of learning the piece is probably a sensible approach. The articulation markings featured in the score include the use of staccato, accents, marcato and legato playing. Martellato means strongly accented. Performances need to demonstrate control of the range of dynamics that feature in the writing from the quietest to the loudest sound. This movement will need to be prepared thoroughly for a performance because of its familiarity. It is probably the most instantly recognisable piece of Spanish music ever composed! A great movement for both the player and the listener for its dramatic and musical qualities. The composition dates from 1923 and was recorded as early as 1926. Spanish music is imbued with the sound of the phrygian mode which features particulary in the first section D Eb F G A Bb C D. In the phyrgian mode as it is described the scale structure is s/t T T T s/t T T (s/t = semitone & T = Tone). The cadences in Spanish music have a characteristic sound The composer Pascual Marquina Narro was a prolific Spanish composer of orchestral and operatic music. Pascual Marquina As a composer of distinctly Spanish music he is readily identified with the musical movement known as nationalism. The suggested tempo range for a paso doble when danced is between 116 and 124 beats per minute. It can be best described as a fast Latin dance with a strong march like rhythm. The conception of the dance is a re-imagining of the movements of the Spanish matador in the bull ring. Close

España Cañi | Spanish Gypsy Dance | Paso-Doble arr. flute classical guitar & upright bass

España Cañi also known as Spanish Gypsy Dance is a Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina Narro arranged for flute acoustic guitar & upright bass. One of Read More...

España Cañi also known as Spanish Gypsy Dance is a Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina Narro arranged for flute acoustic guitar & upright bass. One of the most familiar pieces of the Spanish repertoire this arrangement from PlentyMusicof is available to download. The plentymusic sheet music video and realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note beats per minute. The tempo in the arrangement is constant. Accompaniments are in place featuring the acoustic guitar & upright bass. They play back at 104, 108, 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There are many arrangements of this music available from the PlentyMusic sheet music library combining several instrument combinations. Enjoy making music with PlentyMusic sheet music pdf and accompaniment downloads. Improve practice routines and playing standards using these professionally prepared resources. The melody has some tricky rhythmic patterns and shapes to play and triplets are an additional challenge. There are a number of octave transpositions in the flute part to avoid notes outside the flute’s range. In this trio version the introduction has been shortened and the chords played on the acoustic guitar have been voiced appropriate for the guitarist to be playing in essentially first position. As there are no percussion instruments in the scoring the arranger has omitted the tremolos from bars 65-71 doubling the flute melody with bass line . Whilst the repetitive element is strong the music is nevertheless concise, dramatic and full of musical ideas and references to the elements of the Spanish idiom and style. The second section has an appealing syncopated melody with some lightening of the musical texture. The solo line played needs to be played with confidence and accuracy. It is also an excellent test as an ensemble piece requiring good communication between the soloist & accompanying guitar and bass. The solo part is quite challenging to play and needs to be learnt methodically most probably with some counting involved. Playing the melody at a slow tempo in the early stages of learning the piece is probably a sensible approach. The articulation markings featured in the score include the use of staccato, accents, marcato and legato playing. Martellato means strongly accented. Performances need to demonstrate control of the range of dynamics that feature in the writing from the quietest to the loudest sound. This movement will need to be prepared thoroughly for a performance because of its familiarity. It is probably the most instantly recognisable piece of Spanish music ever composed! A great movement for both the player and the listener for its dramatic and musical qualities. The composition dates from 1923 and was recorded as early as 1926. Spanish music is imbued with the sound of the phrygian mode which features particulary in the first section D Eb F G A Bb C D. In the phyrgian mode as it is described the scale structure is s/t T T T s/t T T (s/t = semitone & T = Tone). The cadences in Spanish music have a characteristic sound The composer Pascual Marquina Narro was a prolific Spanish composer of orchestral and operatic music. Pascual Marquina As a composer of distinctly Spanish music he is readily identified with the musical movement known as nationalism. The suggested tempo range for a paso doble when danced is between 116 and 124 beats per minute. It can be best described as a fast Latin dance with a strong march like rhythm. The conception of the dance is a re-imagining of the movements of the Spanish matador in the bull ring. Close

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble arr. trombone & piano

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for trombone with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar piece Read More...

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for trombone with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar pieces of the Spanish repertoire. The PlentyMusic sheet music video & realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note beats per minute and the tempo in the arrangement is constant. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 104, 108, 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There are many excellent arrangements of this music available from the PlentyMusic sheet music library for many instrument combinations. Enjoy making music with PlentyMusic sheet music pdf and accompaniment downloads. Improve practice routines and playing standards using these professional resources. The melody has some tricky rhythmic patterns and shapes to play and triplets are an additional challenge. The small decorative / ornamental notes do not sound in the realisation. The solo melody doesn’t appear until bar 18 so the build up to this moment is intense particularly with the long crescendo. As there are no percussion in the scoring the arranger has omitted the tremolos from 73 – 78 doubling the clarinet melody with the piano accompaniment. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the music is nevertheless concise, dramatic and full of musical ideas and references to the Spanish idiom and style. The second section has an appealing syncopated melody with some changes the musical texture. The solo line played needs to be played with confidence and accuracy. It is also an excellent test as an ensemble piece requiring good communication between the soloist & accompanist. The solo part is quite challenging to play and needs to be learnt methodically most probably with some counting involved. Playing the melody at a slow tempo in the early stages of learning the piece is probably a sensible approach. The articulation markings featured in the score include the use of staccato, accents, marcato and legato playing. Performances need to demonstrate control of the range of dynamics that feature in the writing from the quietest to the loudest sound. This movement will need to be prepared thoroughly for a performance because of its familiarity. It is probably the most instantly recognisable piece of Spanish music ever composed! A great movement for both the player and the listener for its dramatic and musical qualities. The composition it dates from 1923 and was recorded as early as 1926. Spanish music is imbued with the sound of the phrygian mode which features particulary in the first section D Eb F G A Bb C D. In the phyrgian mode as it is described the scale structure is s/t T T T s/t T T (s/t = semitone & T = Tone) The composer Pascual Marquina Narro was a prolific Spanish composer of orchestral and operatic music. Pascual Marquina As a composer of distinctly Spanish music he is readily identified with the musical movement known as nationalism. The suggested tempo range for a paso doble when danced is between 116 and 124 beats per minute. It can be best described as a fast Latin dance with a strong march like rhythm. Close

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble arr. flute & piano

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for flute with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar pieces of Read More...

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for flute with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar pieces of the Spanish repertoire this arrangement from PlentyMusic is available to download The PlentyMusic sheet music video plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note beats per minute and the tempo in the arrangement is constant. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 104, 108, 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There are many excellent arrangements of this music available available from the PlentyMusic sheet music library for many instrument combinations. The melody has some tricky rhythmic patterns and shapes to play and triplets are an additional challenge. The small decorative / ornamental notes do not sound in the realisation. The solo melody doesn’t appear until bar 18 so the build up to this moment is intense particularly with the long crescendo. As there are no percussion in the scoring the arranger has omitted the tremolos from 73 – 78 doubling the clarinet melody with the piano accompaniment. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the music is nevertheless concise, dramatic and full of musical ideas and references to the Spanish idiom and style. The second section has an appealing syncopated melody with some changes the musical texture. The solo line played by the clarinet needs to be played with confidence and accuracy. It is also an excellent test as an ensemble piece requiring good communication between the soloist & accompanist. The solo part is quite challenging to play and needs to be learnt methodically most probably with some counting involved. Playing the melody at a slow tempo in the early stages of learning the piece is probably a sensible approach. The articulation markings featured in the score include the use of staccato, accents, marcato and legato playing. Performances need to demonstrate control of the range of dynamics that feature in the writing from the quietest to the loudest sound. This movement will need to be prepared thoroughly for a performance because of its familiarity. It is probably the most instantly recognisable piece of Spanish music ever composed! A great movement for both the player and the listener for its dramatic and musical qualities. The composition it dates from 1923 and was recorded as early as 1926. Spanish music is imbued with the sound of the phrygian mode which features particulary in the first section D Eb F G A Bb C D. In the phyrgian mode as it is described the scale structure is s/t T T T s/t T T (s/t = semitone & T = Tone) The composer Pascual Marquina Narro was a prolific Spanish composer of orchestral and operatic music. Pascual Marquina As a composer of distinctly Spanish music he is readily identified with the musical movement known as nationalism. The suggested tempo range for a paso doble when danced is between 116 and 124 beats per minute. It can be best described as a fast Latin dance with a strong march like rhythm. Close

Espana Cani | Spanish Gypsy Dance | Paso Doble arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar Read More...

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar pieces of the Spanish repertoire. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note beats per minute and the tempo in the arrangement is constant. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 104, 108, 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. The melody has some tricky rhythmic patterns and shapes to play and triplets are an additional challenge. The small decorative / ornamental notes do not sound in the realisation. The solo melody doesn’t appear until bar 18 so the build up to this moment is intense particularly with the long crescendo. As there are no percussion in the scoring the arranger has omitted the tremolos from 73 – 78 doubling the clarinet melody with the piano accompaniment. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the music is nevertheless concise, dramatic and full of musical ideas and references to the Spanish idiom and style. A work in two sections in different keys The second section has an appealing syncopated melody. The solo line played by the clarinet needs to be played with confidence and accuracy. It is also an excellent test as an ensemble piece requiring good communication between the soloist & accompanist. The solo part is quite challenging to play and needs to be learnt methodically most probably with some counting involved. Playing the melody at a slow tempo in the early stages of learning the piece is probably a sensible approach. The articulation markings featured in the score include the use of staccato, accents, marcato and legato playing. Performances need to demonstrate control of the range of dynamics that feature in the writing from the quietest to the loudest sound. This movement will need to be prepared thoroughly for a performance because of its familiarity. It is probably the most instantly recognisable piece of Spanish music ever composed! A great movement for both the player and the listener for its dramatic and musical qualities. The composition it dates from 1923 and was recorded as early as 1926. There are many excellent arrangements of this music available for many instrument combinations. Spanish music is imbued with the sound of the phrygian mode which features particulary in the first section D Eb F G A Bb C D. In the phyrgian mode as it is described the scale structure is s/t T T T s/t T T (s/t = semitone & T = Tone) The composer Pascual Marquina Narro was a prolific Spanish composer of orchestral and operatic music. Pascual Marquina As a composer of distinctly Spanish music he is readily identified with the musical movement known as nationalism. The suggested tempo range for a paso doble when danced is between 116 and 124 beats per minute. It can be best described as a fast Latin dance with a strong march like rhythm. Close

Serenata Española (Impessions of Spain) arr. clarinet sextet

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. clarinet sextet comprising clarinet in Eb or a clarinet in Bb playing the melody Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. clarinet sextet comprising clarinet in Eb or a clarinet in Bb playing the melody line , 3 additional clarinets in Bb & 2 bass clarinets Individual instrument parts are appended to the full sheet music score in the pdf download A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical of Spanish music. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download. Accompaniments are in place enabling the clarinet in Eb or clarinet in Bb 1 player to practice and play as part of an ensemble. They play at 104, 108,112, 116 & 120 bpm. There is a 4 bar click track to prepare players for this ensemble experience. In this arrangement the long trill in the clarinet in Eb or clarinet in Bb 1 part should be considered as an option and probably best omitted whilst the music is being learnt. The workability of this arrangement does need to be evaluated and PlentyMusic would value feedback from musicians trying out this arrangement. It is possible that there are better octave options in the parts that could be explored. animando used in the score implies an increase in tempo and has been placed above the stave as a score marking The music in this sounds in the key of G minor. Playing the scale in the sounding key of G in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as an important trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music of Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests many images of the country. There is also much figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing most errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement and instrument ranges are often challenging. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. piano solo

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arranged for piano solo. This is an intermediate level #piano solo. #sheetmusic link: Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arranged for piano solo. This is an intermediate level #piano solo. #sheetmusic link: coming soon Great composers are well represented in sheet music editions both from the past and in the contemporary sense with academic and well researched modern editions. This is not the case with great pieces by possibly those not being recognised as great composers. Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain is a work that falls in this category Use the signing up free credit facility to download the score. Improve music reading and performing skills by using PlentyMusic pdf sheet music & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Learn how easy it is to download PlentyMusic pdf & mp3 files from our website and make use of the user dashboard. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical of Spanish music This a playable version of the Serenata Española although the arrangement does need to be evaluated and PlentyMusic would value feedback from pianists trying out this arrangement. It is possible that there are better octave options in the parts that could be explored. animando used in the score implies an increase in tempo and has been placed above the stave as a score marking There are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as an important trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe started to appear in concert programmes. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests many images of the country. There is also much figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. brass sextet

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. brass sextet comprising 2 trumpets in Bb , French horn, trombone, bass trombone Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. brass sextet comprising 2 trumpets in Bb , French horn, trombone, bass trombone & tuba. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full sheet music score in the pdf download. Use the signing up free credit facility to download the score and parts & possibly an accompaniment. Improve music reading and performing skills by using PlentyMusic pdf sheet music & mp3 accompaniment downloads. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical of Spanish music. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download. If some instruments are missing in an intended performance a piano accompaniment can be readily added substituting parts. Improve music practice routines with PlentyMusic accompaniments in place as mp3 downloads enabling the trumpet in Bb 1 player to practice and play as part of an ensemble. They play at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 bpm. There is a 2 bar click track to prepare players for this ensemble experience. Learn how easy it is to download PlentyMusic pdf & mp3 files from our website and make use of the user dashboard. In this arrangement the long trill trumpet in Bb 1 part has been omitted The workability of this arrangement does need to be evaluated and PlentyMusic would value feedback from musicians trying out this arrangement. It is possible that there are better octave options in the parts that could be explored. In the arrangement six parts have been created from the originally intended five. animando used in the score implies an increase in tempo and has been placed above the stave as a score marking The music in this sounds in the key of G minor. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as an important trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe started to appear in concert programmes. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests many images of the country. There is also much figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time hopefullyremoving errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement and instrument ranges are often challenging. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. saxophone sextet

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. saxophone sextet comprising soprano saxophone, 2 alto saxophones, 2 tenor saxoph Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. saxophone sextet comprising soprano saxophone, 2 alto saxophones, 2 tenor saxophones & baritone saxophone. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full sheet music score in the pdf download. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical of Spanish music. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download. Accompaniments are in place enabling the soprano to practice and play as part of an ensemble. They play at 104, 108,112,116 & 120 bpm. There is a 2 bar click track to prepare players for this ensemble experience. The workability of this arrangement does need to be evaluated and PlentyMusic would value feedback from musicians trying out this arrangement. It is possible that there are better octave options in the parts that could be explored. a piano can always be used to substitute for missing instruments. animando used in the score implies an increase in tempo and has been placed above the stave as a score marking The music in this sounds in the key of G minor. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as an important trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music of Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key of G in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests many images of the country. There is also much figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing most errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement and instrument ranges are often challenging. Close

Chanson Triste arr. flute, acoustic guitar & bass (swing style)

guitar & bass. If guitar and bass players require a TAB score please download the other version of this score. Download the sheetmusic and an accompa Read More...

guitar & bass. If guitar and bass players require a TAB score please download the other version of this score. Download the sheetmusic and an accompaniment or two by using the free credit given when signing up to PlentyMusic. Swing style accompaniments featuring the acoustic guitar & bass are available playing at 94, 96, 98, 100, 102 & 104 quarter note (crotchet ) beats per minute giving the flautist opportunity to practice in an ensemble context as part of practice routines Music leaders and music students should become familiar with the PlentyMusic integrated instrumental music teaching programme whereby a large number of instruments can share repertoire and practice strategies. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score. The music editor envisages a crossover approach when playing this arrangement possibly combining electric and acoustic instruments. Tchaikovsky composed many beautiful melodies and was a master of harmony often presenting music melancholy in mood. PlentyMusic uses music software to produce pdf and mp3 resources that improve music practice routines. The PlentyMusic integrated instrument teaching programme provides a management structure and pathways to music performance. The PlentyMusic classical sheet music realisation and sheet music video plays back at 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In a playing context a slower tempo can be considered. In the arrangement there are a number of octave transpositions in the bass part. In the guitar part 4 notes for each chord generally sound in the realisation although the chord symbols in place may indicate/suggest more than 4 notes to be played. The chords suggested are generally in first position and there is some flexibility as to the number of notes that can be sounded. Chords are described referencing the bass note that is played although it may not be a note actually being played by the guitarist. For the guitarist and bass guitarist TAB scores are also in place. In the middle section the guitarist is required musical lines and so the chord notation has been omitted. One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano this arrangement for flute, guitar & bass is in the key of A minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a broad range of dynamics. Playing the A minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms in a swing style would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. Close

Chanson Triste arr. flute, acoustic guitar & bass

Tchaikovsky’s Chanson Triste arranged for flute, acoustic guitar & bass. Accompaniments featuring the acoustic guitar & bass are available playing a Read More...

Tchaikovsky’s Chanson Triste arranged for flute, acoustic guitar & bass. Accompaniments featuring the acoustic guitar & bass are available playing at 94, 96, 98, 100, 102 & 104 quarter note (crotchet ) beats per minute giving the flautist opportunity to practice in an ensemble context as part of practice routines Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score. The music editor envisages a crossover approach when playing this arrangement possibly combining electric and acoustic instruments. Tchaikovsky composed many beautiful melodies and was a master of harmony often presenting music melancholy in mood. The arrangement can also be played in a swing style. Listen to this option on the website. The realisation plays back at 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In a playing context a slower tempo can be considered. In the arrangement there are a number of octave transpositions in the bass part. In the guitar part 4 notes generally sound in the realisation although the chord symbols in place may indicate/suggest more than 4 notes to be played. The chords suggested are generally in first position and there is some flexibility as to the number of notes that can be sounded. Chords are described referencing the bass note that is played although it may not be a note actually being played by the guitarist. TAB scores are also in place. In the middle section the guitarist is required musical lines and so the chord notation has been omitted. One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano this arrangement for flute, guitar & bass is in the key of A minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a broad range of dynamics. Playing the A minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. Close

Chanson Triste arr. organ

Tchaikovsky’s ChansonTriste arranged for organ with pedals now available as a download. The organ realisation plays back at 100 quarter note (crotch Read More...

Tchaikovsky’s ChansonTriste arranged for organ with pedals now available as a download. The organ realisation plays back at 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In a playing context a slower tempo can be considered. In the arrangement there are a number of octave transpositions (upwards) in the pedal bass part and just a small number of voicing changes to the inner parts. One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano this arrangement for organ with pedals is in the original key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a broad range of dynamics. Playing the G minor in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. There are almost hymn like characteristics in some of the chordal sections of this work reflecting the wonderful chordal writing of the composer’s vocal works. Whilst there are transpositions of his orchestral works for organ there are is no music specifically composed for organ. Close

Chanson Triste arr. clarinet quintet

Tchaikovsky’s Chanson Triste arranged for clarinet quintet comprising 5 x Bb clarinets and bass clarinet. An Eb clarinet can be used to play the cla Read More...

Tchaikovsky’s Chanson Triste arranged for clarinet quintet comprising 5 x Bb clarinets and bass clarinet. An Eb clarinet can be used to play the clarinet in Bb 1 part. The clarinet quintet realisation plays back at 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute This is a 5 part arrangement with the option of substituting a clarinet in Eb for the Clarinet in Bb 1 part. Individual parts for the clarinet players are appended to the full score in the pdf download. Accompaniments are in place to provide opportunity for the clarinet in Eb or clarinet in Bb 1 player to practice in an ensemble context. They playback at 96, 98,100, 102 & 104 quarter note or crotchet bpm. In the arrangement there are a number of octave transpositions (upwards) in the bass clarinet part. For instrumentalists this is an excellent piece for improving intonation (aka playing in tune) in an ensemble context. The clarinet is a great ensemble instrument whatever the playing level . The music editor does feel sorry for the status of clarinet 4 because the number 4 doesn’t suggest the difficulty of the part in the arrangement as far as exploring the lower pitch range of the clarinet. One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for clarinet quintet in the original key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a broad range of dynamics. Playing the A minor scale (sounding in G minor) in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. Close

June (Barcarolle) arr. clarinet in Bb & piano Opus 37 No.6 from The Seasons

A recent addition to the PlentyMusic sheet music library is Tchaikovsky’s June arr.clarinet in Bb & piano. Improve music practice strategies & playi Read More...

A recent addition to the PlentyMusic sheet music library is Tchaikovsky’s June arr.clarinet in Bb & piano. Improve music practice strategies & playing routines by using PlentyMusic mp3 piano accompaniments. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. June from Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 is one of the composer’s most popular pieces. Described as a barcarolle it was intended to be performed in the 19th century drawing room or salon. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at a range of tempi enabling clarinettists to enjoy ensemble playing as part of their practice routines. They play at 80, 82,84,86 & 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are rneeded please advise the PlentyMusic office with an indication of the tempi that are required. There are many arrangements of Tchaikovsky’s June with this arrangement keeping to the composer’s writing as much as practically possible. The only element in the music editors view that possibly could be explored is the octave ranges played by the instrumental soloist. In the piano accompaniment the sharing of the notes between the hands has been reviewed. Tchaikovsky is a master of voicing although in the piano accompaniments, the music editor, has added the occasional third to complete full voicing of chords. Arpeggiated chords, often indicated in early editions, have lesser relevance in modern playing although managing stretches when playing music always remains a relevant cause as far as developing playing technique. The barcarolle as a composition has its origins as a folk song sung by Venetian gondoliers. In art music as a descriptive piece the music is often intended to imitate the sound of the gondoliers strokes and the rippling sounds of the water. This particularly applies to the closing section of Tchaikovsky’s June from bar 83 – 99 where the piano chords are arpeggiated. There is much score detail in the source scores available which very much illustrates how well music engraving and printing developed in the 19th century. The tempo indication is Andante cantabile whilst the realisation playing back at 80 quarter note or crotchets beats per minute in the first section from bars 1 - 31. Tempo rubato, gradually speeding ups and slowing down, within the context of playing a phrase is relevant when performing this music. Musicians will need to research this playing approach in both their playing and listening to understand fully its implication as part of 19th century performance practice. The music editor has indicated arpeggiated chords to be played only when it is appropriate reflecting current performance practice In the first section bars 1-31 the melody and accompaniment need to be played with a legato playing touch. A melancholy movement in character in the opening section there are nevertheless a variety of moods and tempo expressed during a performance of the whole movement. Some of the music is very simple although the middle section bars 32-51 in the tonic major key is more challenging technically with two changes of tempo and writing in which the texture is more full and complex. In a performance instrumentalists should be looking to explore the full tonal and dynamic range of their instruments. Much of Tchaikovsky’s music can be arranged for other instrumental groups to perform and June offers many options for a solo instrument with piano accompaniment and both chamber and orchestral groups. Tchaikovsky travelled widely and would have been familiar with the Italian folk song barcorola describing a movement associated with boatmen and gondoliers with a characteristic rhythmic pattern imitating the rhythm of rowing. The context for much of Tchaikovsky’s salon and chamber music which was largely commissioned & sponsored, was to compose ternary form music (ABA) using a popular dance rhythmic template of the time which included waltz, barcarolle, polka, mazurka amongst many other forms of the day familiar to the listening public. The middle part in two sections, one in quadruple time followed by an even faster one in triple time faster in tempo and dance like in character requires a lightness of touch when played. This middle section closes with a series of diminished seventh chords moving up the keyboard. After a brief two bar link the music of the A section returns as a varied repeat with the addition of some counter melodies and points of imitation largely sounded in the tenor line. There is considerable detail in the music score typical of printed music published in the late romantic period One of Tchaikovsky’s great skills as a composer was to be able to write music for all levels of performance expertise from beginner to improver, intermediate, advanced and virtuoso levels. The closing section or coda from bars 84 – 99 does reference and suggest imagery that relates to the composer’s reference to barcarolle in the music’s title Close

June (Barcarolle) arr. flute & piano Opus 37 No.6 from The Seasons

June from Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 & is one of the composer’s most popular pieces described as a barcarolle. Intended or Read More...

June from Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 & is one of the composer’s most popular pieces described as a barcarolle. Intended originally for performance in the 19th century salon or drawing room this is an arrangement for flute & piano. Accompaniments are in place playing at a range of tempi enabling flautists to enjoy ensemble playing as part of their practice routines. They play at 80, 82,84,86 & 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are required please advise the PlentyMusic office. There are many arrangements of Tchaikovsky’s June with this arrangement keeping to the composer’s writing as much as practically possible. The only element in the music editors view that should be explored is the octave ranges played by the instrumental soloist. In the piano accompaniment the sharing of the notes between the hands has been reviewed. Tchaikovsky is a master of voicing although in the piano accompaniments, the music editor, has added the occasional third to complete full voicing of chords. Arpeggiated chords, often indicated in early editions, have lesser relevance in modern playing although managing stretches when playing music always remains a relevant cause as far as developing playing technique. The barcarolle as a composition has its origins as a folk song sung by Venetian gondoliers. In art music as a descriptive piece the music is often intended to imitate the sound of the gondoliers strokes and the rippling sounds of the water. This particularly applies to the closing section of Tchaikovsky’s June from bar 83 – 99 where the piano chords are arpeggiated . There is much score detail in the source scores available which very much illustrates how well music engraving and printing developed in the 19th century. The tempo indication is Andante cantabile whilst the realisation playing back at 80 quarter note or crotchets beats per minute in the first section from bars 1 -31 Tempo rubato, gradually speeding ups and slowing down, within the context of playing a phrase is relevant when performing this music. Musicians will need to research this playing approach in both their playing and listening to understand fully its implication as part of 19th century performance practice. The music editor has indicated arpeggiated chords to be played only when it is appropriate reflecting current performance practice In the first section bars 1-31 the melody and accompaniment need to be played with a legato playing touch. A melancholy movement in character in the opening section there are nevertheless a variety of moods and tempo expressed during a performance of the whole movement. Some of the music is very simple although the middle section bars 32-51 in the tonic major key is more challenging technically with two changes of tempo and writing in which the texture is more full and complex. In a performance instrumentalists should be looking to explore the full tonal and dynamic range of their instruments. Much of Tchaikovsky’s music can be arranged for other instrumental groups to perform and June offers many options for a solo instrument with piano accompaniment and both chamber and orchestral groups. Use of the sustaining pedal is indicated in the score. The use of the sustaining pedal is dependent on so many factors in a performance particularly related to the quality of the piano and the acoustic of the performance area. The music editor’s view is a preference to under use rather than over use the sustaining pedal. Harmonies essentially should never be conflicted or smudged. Modern pianos are of course much more resonant than those of the past when being generous with the right foot could perhaps be tolerated. Using the sustaining pedal is quite a study in itself with quarter, half, three quarter and full pedalling Tchaikovsky travelled widely and would have been familiar with the Italian folk song barcorola describing a movement associated with boatmen and gondoliers with a characteristic rhythmic pattern imitating the rhythm of rowing. The context for much of Tchaikovsky’s salon and chamber music which was largely commissioned, was to compose ternary form music (ABA) using a popular dance rhythmic template of the time which included waltz, barcarolle, polka, mazurka amongst others. The middle part in two sections, one in quadruple time followed by an even faster one in triple time and dance like in character requiring a lightness of touch in the playing approach. This middle section closes with a series of diminished seventh chords moving up the keyboard. After a brief two bar link the music of the A section returns as a varied repeat with the addition of some counter melodies and points of imitation largely sounded in the tenor line. There is considerable detail in the music score typical of printed music published in the late romantic period One of Tchaikovsky’s great skills as a composer was to be able to write music for all levels of performance expertise from beginner to improver, intermediate, advanced and virtuoso levels. The closing section or coda from bars 84 – 99 does reference and suggest imagery that relates to the composers reference to barcarolle in the music’s title. Close

June (Barcarolle) arr. cello & piano Opus 37 No.6 from The Seasons

June from Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 and is arranged for cello & piano. It is one of the composer’s most popular pieces. A Read More...

June from Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 and is arranged for cello & piano. It is one of the composer’s most popular pieces. An example of music intended for the salon it is described as a barcarolle. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at a range of tempi enabling cellists to enjoy ensemble playing as part of their practice routines. They play at 80, 82, 84, 86 & 88 quarter nore (crotchet) beats to the minute. Should additional accompaniments be required please contact the PlentyMusic office with a specfication tempo wise. There are many arrangements of Tchaikovsky’s June with this arrangement keeping to the composer’s writing as much as practically possible. The only element in the music editors view that should be explored is the octave ranges played by the instrumental soloist. In the piano accompaniment the sharing of the notes between the hands has been reviewed. Tchaikovsky is a master of voicing although in the piano accompaniments, the music editor, has added the occasional third to complete full voicing of chords. Arpeggiated chords, often indicated in early editions, have lesser relevance in modern playing although managing stretches when playing music always remains a relevant cause as far as developing playing technique. The barcarolle as a composition has its origins as a folk song sung by Venetian gondoliers. In art music as a descriptive piece the music is often intended to imitate the sound of the gondoliers strokes and the rippling sounds of the water. This particularly applies to the closing section of Tchaikovsky’s June from bar 83 – 99 where the piano chords are arpeggiated . There is much score detail in the source scores available which very much illustrates how well music engraving and printing developed in the 19th century. The tempo indication is Andante cantabile whilst the realisation playing back at 80 quarter note or crotchets beats per minute in the first section from bars 1 -31 Tempo rubato, gradually speeding ups and slowing down, within the context of playing a phrase is relevant when performing this music. Musicians will need to research this playing approach in both their playing and listening to understand fully its implication as part of 19th century performance practice. The music editor has indicated arpeggiated chords to be played only when it is appropriate reflecting current performance practice In the first section bars 1-31 the melody and accompaniment need to be played with a legato playing touch. A melancholy movement in character in the opening section there are nevertheless a variety of moods and tempo expressed during a performance of the whole movement. Some of the music is very simple although the middle section bars 32-51 in the tonic major key is more challenging technically with two changes of tempo and writing in which the texture is more full and complex. In a performance instrumentalists should be looking to explore the full tonal and dynamic range of the instrument. Piano touch and articulations are elements that can be explored. Much of Tchaikovsky’s music can be arranged for other instrumental groups to perform and June offers many options for a solo instrument with piano accompaniment and both chamber and orchestral groups. Use of the sustaining pedal is indicated in the score. The use of the sustaining pedal is dependent on so many factors in a performance particularly related to the quality of the piano and the acoustic of the performance area. The music editor’s view is a preference to under use rather than over use the sustaining pedal. Harmonies essentially should never be conflicted or smudged. Modern pianos are of course much more resonant than those of the past when being generous with the right foot could perhaps be tolerated. Using the sustaining pedal is quite a study in itself with quarter, half, three quarter and full pedalling Tchaikovsky travelled widely and would have been familiar with the Italian folk song barcorola describing a movement associated with boatmen and gondoliers with a characteristic rhythmic pattern imitating the rhythm of rowing. The context for much of Tchaikovsky’s salon and chamber music which was largely commissioned, was to compose ternary form music (ABA) using a popular dance rhythmic template of the time which included waltz, barcarolle, polka, mazurka amongst others. The middle part in two sections, one in quadruple time followed by an even faster one in triple time are faster in tempo faster in tempo and dance like in character requiring a lightness playing. This middle section closes with a series of diminished seventh chords moving up the keyboard. After a brief two bar link the music of the A section returns as a varied repeat with the addition of some counter melodies and points of imitation largely sounded in the tenor line. There is considerable detail in the music score typical of printed music published in the late romantic period One of Tchaikovsky’s great skills as a composer was to be able to write music for all levels of performance expertise from beginner to improver, intermediate, advanced and virtuoso levels. The closing section or coda from bars 84 – 99 does reference and suggest imagery that relates to the composer’s reference to barcarolle in the music’s title. The cello is required to play pizzicato in the closing bars as indicated in the music score. Close

Vocalise arr. trombone & piano

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for trombone and piano in the key of E minor. Sergie Rachmaninov was a Russian born composer, pianist and conducto Read More...

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for trombone and piano in the key of E minor. Sergie Rachmaninov was a Russian born composer, pianist and conductor who like many of his generation left his home country to live abroad because of the political turmoil. The playback tempo of the realisation is 52 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute although it is an eighth note (quaver) pulse that predominates. The playback score has the repeats in place but the trills indicated in the score do not sound. Accompaniments are available both with and without repeats. They play at 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The score with repeats is 70 bars and without 39 bars in length. For those requiring additional accompaniments please contact the PlentyMusic team with an indication of the tempo that is required. Use the reference tempo map. As a challenging music score to read with many accidentals careful reading of the notes is essential. Listening to performances of the work played by different instrument combinations would be a sensible approach to for instrumentalists to become familiar with the sound of the score. Fortunately streaming media provides many excellent opportunities for this. Understand that much can also be learn from performances that are possibly far from perfect. The pianist will need to use the sustaining pedal although it’s use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Both the soloist and accompanying piano player will need to demonstrate very good playing technique to achieve a legato in a performance. The challenge when playing this score is to make it sound easy to play. This is an excellent piece for all those playing the solo part to improve their intonation. The voicing of the lines is a composing element that needs to be explored particularly to understand how dissonances are created and managed. Rachmaninov’s musical textures are frequently complex. What needs to be explored performing this music is the beauty of sound and its lyricism rather than any dramatic element. The last note needs to sound as long as possible but is notated as in the vocal score where the length of the note no doubt depended on the singers breath control. Instrumentalists will observe that that are some melodic alternatives playing the melody indicated as small notes although they are not used in realisation. The music is composed in two sections with each section intended to be repeated. There is an 8 bar closing section or coda which references the music of the opening A section. The falling sixteenth note (semi quaver) motif needs to be given some prominence in a performance especially when it is imitated. This particular movement from the music setting point of view provides some challenges evident from the many scores that contain inaccuracies and copying errors. The original key of the movement was C# minor. Rachmaninov & Tchaikovsly both composed music melancholy in character. Vocalise is a work that can be played by many different instrument combinations although it was originally written for a soprano voice. Rachmaninov’s harmonic language identifies with the late romantics and stylistically his music is always distinctive and readily identifiable a trait unique to great composers. Rachmaninov was one of the great pianists of his day often including Tchaikovsky’s piano music in his recitals. Be aware & familiar with the several different spellings of both composer’s names. His music possesses a great sense of melody, harmonic colour and supreme understanding of piano writing particular with complex linear textures. The dedicatee of Rachmaninov’s Vocalise was Antonia Nezdanova, a Russian soprano and she gave the first performance of the work in an arrangement for soprano & orchestra. The intention in this particular version of the work was for the melody line to sung or vocalised to a vowel sound chosen by the singer. Whilst Rachmaninov’s dates suggest that he is a 20th century composer he should be regarded as belonging to the late romantic era. In many ways his music references the past rather than that of his contemporaries. Sadly, Because he emigrated to the USA his working life in his newly adopted country became focused on performing rather than composing. Sergie Rachmaninov was a great pianist and composer. He was a generally austere, severe and remote character except to those in the Russian emigré community in the US and other familiar & close people such as his personal piano tuner. He had large hands and could manage big stretches on the piano with ease. He left Russia to live in Germany before moving to New York in 1918. Whilst living in USA he lived and worked mostly as a concert pianist and recitalist and consequently his contribution to the repertoire was sadly not as great as it perhaps could have been. Like Tchaikovsky Rachmaninov often struggled with his mental health particularly if a composition was poorly received after a first performance. He was influenced by the music of Tchaikovsky and was a composer of late tonal romantic music often with chromatic harmony. Close

Vocalise arr. cello & piano

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for cello and piano in the key of E minor. Sergie Rachmaninov was a Russian born composer, pianist and conductor who Read More...

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for cello and piano in the key of E minor. Sergie Rachmaninov was a Russian born composer, pianist and conductor who like many of his generation left his home country to live abroad because of the political turmoil. The playback tempo of the realisation is 56 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute although it is an eighth note (quaver) pulse that predominates. The playback score has the repeats in place but the trills indicated in the score do not sound. Accompaniments are available both with and without repeats. They play at 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The score with repeats is 70 bars and without 39 bars in length. For those requiring additional accompaniments please contact the PlentyMusic team with an indication of the tempo that is required. As a challenging music score to read with many accidentals careful reading of the notes is essential. Listening to performances of the work played by different instrument combinations would be a sensible approach to for instrumentalists to become familiar with the sound of the score. Fortunately, streaming media provides many excellent opportunities for this. Understand that much can also be learn from performances that are possibly far from perfect. The pianist will need to use the sustaining pedal although it’s use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Both the soloist and accompanying piano player will need to demonstrate very good playing technique to achieve a legato in a performance. The challenge when playing this score is to make it sound easy to play. This is an excellent piece for all those playing the solo part to improve their intonation. The voicing of the lines is a composing element that needs to be explored particularly to understand how dissonances are created and managed. Rachmaninov’s musical textures are frequently complex. What needs to be explored performing this music is the beauty of sound and its lyricism rather than any dramatic element. The last note needs to sound as long as possible but is notated as in the vocal score where the length of the note no doubt depended on the singers breath control. Instrumentalists will observe that that are some melodic alternatives playing the melody indicated as small notes although they are not used in realisation. The music is composed in two sections with each section intended to be repeated. There is an 8 bar closing section or coda which references the music of the opening A section. The falling sixteenth note (semi quaver) motif needs to be given some prominence in a performance especially when it is imitated. This particular movement from the music setting point of view provides some challenges evident from the many scores that contain inaccuracies and copying errors. The original key of the movement was C# minor. Rachmaninov & Tchaikovsly both composed music melancholy in character. Vocalise is a work that can be played by many different instrument combinations although it was originally written for a soprano voice. Rachmaninov’s harmonic language identifies with the late romantics and stylistically his music is always distinctive and readily identifiable a trait unique to great composers. Rachmaninov was one of the great pianists of his day often including Tchaikovsky’s piano music in his recitals. Be aware & familiar with the several different spellings of both composer’s names. His music possesses a great sense of melody, harmonic colour and supreme understanding of piano writing particular with complex linear textures. The dedicatee of Rachmaninov’s Vocalise was Antonia Nezdanova, a Russian soprano and she gave the first performance of the work in an arrangement for soprano & orchestra. The intention in this particular version of the work was for the melody line to sung or vocalised to a vowel sound chosen by the singer. Whilst Rachmaninov’s dates suggest that he is a 20th century composer he should be regarded as belonging to the late romantic era. In many ways his music references the past rather than that of his contemporaries. Sadly, Because he emigrated to the USA his working life in his newly adopted country became focused on performing rather than composing. Sergie Rachmaninov was a great pianist and composer. He was a generally austere, severe and remote character except to those in the Russian emigré community in the US and other familiar & close people such as his personal piano tuner. He had large hands and could manage big stretches on the piano with ease. He left Russia to live in Germany before moving to New York in 1918. Whilst living in USA he lived and worked mostly as a concert pianist and recitalist and consequently his contribution to the repertoire was sadly not as great as it perhaps could have been. Like Tchaikovsky Rachmaninov often struggled with his mental health particularly if a composition was poorly received after a first performance. He was influenced by the music of Tchaikovsky and was a composer of late tonal romantic music often with chromatic harmony. Close

Vocalise arr. flute & piano

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for flute and piano in the key of E minor. The playback tempo of the realisation is 56 quarter note (crotchet) beats Read More...

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for flute and piano in the key of E minor. The playback tempo of the realisation is 56 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute although it is an eighth note (quaver) pulse that predominates. The playback score has the repeats in place but the trills indicated in the score do not sound. Accompaniments are available both with and without repeats. They play at 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The score with repeats is 70 bars and without 39 bars in length. As a challenging music score to read with many accidentals careful reading of the notes is essential. Listening to performances of the work played by different instrument combinations would be a sensible approach to for instrumentalists to become familiar with the sound of the score. Fortunately streaming media provides many excellent opportunities for this. Understand that much can also be learn from performances that are possibly far from perfect. The pianist will need to use the sustaining pedal although it’s use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Both the soloist and accompanying piano player will need to demonstrate very good playing technique to achieve a legato in a performance. The challenge when playing this score is to make it sound easy to play. This is an excellent piece for all those playing the solo part to improve their intonation. The voicing of the lines is a composing element that needs to be explored particularly to understand how dissonances are created and managed. Rachmaninov’s musical textures are frequently complex. What needs to be explored performing this music is the beauty of sound and its lyricism rather than any dramatic element. The last note for flute is ambiguously notated and depending on the instrumentalist’s breath control can be as long as possible. The music is composed in two sections with each section intended to be repeated. There is an 8 bar closing section or coda which references the music of the opening A section. The falling sixteenth note (semi quaver) motif needs to be given some prominence in a performance especially when it is imitated. This particular movement from the music setting point of view provides some challenges evident from the many scores that contain inaccuracies and copying errors. The original key of the movement was C# minor. Rachmaninov & Tchaikovsly both composed music melancholy in character. Vocalise is a work that can be played by many different instrument combinations although it was originally written for a soprano voice. Rachmaninov’s harmonic language identifies with the late romantics and stylistically his music is always distinctive and readily identifiable a trait unique to great composers. Rachmaninov was one of the great pianists of his day often including Tchaikovsky’s piano music in his recitals. Be aware & familiar with the several different spellings of both composer’s names. His music possesses a great sense of melody, harmonic colour and supreme understanding of piano writing particular with complex linear textures. The dedicatee of Rachmaninov’s Vocalise was Antonia Nezdanova, a Russian soprano and she gave the first performance of the work in an arrangement for soprano & orchestra. The intention in this particular version of the work was for the melody line to sung or vocalised to a vowel sound chosen by the singer. Whilst Rachmaninov’s dates suggest that he is a 20th century composer he should be regarded as belonging to the late romantic era. In many ways his music references the past rather than that of his contemporaries. Sadly, Because he emigrated to the USA his working life in his newly adopted country became focused on performing rather than composing. Sergie Rachmaninov was a great pianist and composer. He was a generally austere, severe and remote character except to those in the Russian emigré community in the US and other familiar & close people such as his personal piano tuner. He had large hands and could manage big stretches on the piano with ease. He left Russia to live in Germany before moving to New York in 1918. Whilst living in USA he lived and worked mostly as a concert pianist and recitalist and consequenly his contribution to the repertoire was sadly not as great as it perhaps could have been. Like Tchaikovsky Rachmaninov often struggled with his mental health particularly if a composition was poorly received after a first performance. He was influenced by the music of Tchaikovsky and was a composer of late tonal romantic music often with chromatic harmony. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. 4 acoustic guitars & bass guitar

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. 4 acoustic guitars & bass guitar Individual instrument parts are appended to the Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. 4 acoustic guitars & bass guitar Individual instrument parts are appended to the full sheet music score in the pdf download. #sheetmusic & accompaniments download link: coming soon Use the signing up free credit facility to download the score and parts & possibly an accompaniment. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical of Spanish music. There is no reason why the parts cannot be doubled to make this an exciting ensemble piece. There are many times of guitar that can be incorporated into a playing group making this a great learning piece for so many guitarists. Whatever guitar types are available can be used & there is no reason why a mix of guitars cannot be used with classical, folk, steel, and electric guitars being substituted. As a concert piece classical guitars supported by either an acoustic or electric bass instrument would be ideal. Scores can be printed out with 2 pages per sheet offering an opportunity to save on page turning. Accompaniments are in place enabling the guitar 1 part to practice and play as part of an ensemble. They play at 104, 108,112,116 & 120 bpm. There is a 4 bar click track to prepare players for this ensemble experience. All instruments playing in this arrangement create the sound by plucking the strings. In this arrangement the long trill in the guitar 1 has been omitted simply because a long trill is hard to sustain on an acoustic instrument. Remember that the classical guitar and bass guitar are transposing instruments sounding an octave lower than written in the music score. The workability of this arrangement does need to be evaluated and PlentyMusic would value feedback from musicians trying out this arrangement. It is possible that there are better octave options in the parts that could be explored particularly the guitar 2 & 3 parts. Where there are challenges with stretches in the guitar parts with more than one note being played the instrumentalist needs to chose or be advised on the most appropriate option. animando used in the score implies an increase in tempo and has been placed above the stave as a score marking The music in this arrangement has been transposed from the key of G minor to A minor. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as an important trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music of Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key of A in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests many images of the country. There is also much figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing most errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. mandolin, 2 classical guitars, cello playing pizzicato & upright bass

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. mandolin, 2 classical guitars, cello playing pizzicato & upright bass. Individual Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. mandolin, 2 classical guitars, cello playing pizzicato & upright bass. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full sheet music score in the pdf download. Use the signing up free credit facility to download the score and parts. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical of Spanish music. There is no reason why the parts cannot be doubled to make this an exciting ensemble piece. All instruments playing in this arrangement create the sound by the plucking the strings. In this arrangement mandolin players are required to tremolo rather than trill on the long notes. Remember that the classical guitar and double bass are transposing instruments sounding an octave lower than written in the music score. The workability of this arrangement does need to be evaluated and PlentyMusic would value feedback from musicians trying out this arrangement. It is possible that there are better octave options in the parts that could be explored. Where there are challenges with stretches in the guitar & cello parts with more than one note being played the instrumentalist needs to chose or be advised one the most appropriate option. animando used in the score implies an increase in tempo and has been placed above the stave as a score marking The music in this arrangement has been transposed from the key of G minor to A minor. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as an important trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music of Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key of A in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests many images of the country. There is also much figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing most errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement and instrument ranges are often challenged. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. string ensemble /string orchestra

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. string orchestra or string ensemble comprising violins 1, violins 2, violas, cel Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. string orchestra or string ensemble comprising violins 1, violins 2, violas, celli & double bass. Individual string parts are appended to the full sheet music score in the pdf download. #sheetmusic download link: coming soon Use your free credit to download the score and parts. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical of Spanish music. There are over 20 pages of music in the download! The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. There is opportunity to explore articulations in a performance with staccato notes used particularly in the accompaniment. Short notes imitating the sound of the guitar are quite appropriate in this piece. Chords can be rolled again to imitate the sound of playing chords on the guitar. The music editor has not indicated staccato notes in the music score mainly because it is challenging to be consistent in such matters especially with music that does benefit from spontaneity. Listen to performances and use your ears is the advice. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the bassoon part are in place to keep to the instruments best tonal range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Close

June (Barcarolle) Opus 37 No.6 from The Seasons

June from P.I. Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 and is one of the composer’s most popular piano pieces. An example of music inte Read More...

June from P.I. Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 and is one of the composer’s most popular piano pieces. An example of music intended for the salon or drawing room it is described as a barcarolle. #sheetmusic pdf download link: coming soon The barcarolle as a composition has its origins as a folk song sung by Venetian gondoliers. In art music as a descriptive piece the music is often intended to imitate the sound of the gondoliers strokes and the rippling sounds of the water. This particularly applies to the closing section of Tchaikovsky’s June from bar 83 – 99. There is much score detail in the source scores available which very much illustrates how well music engraving and printing developed in the 19th century. The tempo indication is Andante cantabile whilst the realisation playing back at 80 quarter note or crotchets beats per minute in the first section from bars 1 -31 Tempo rubato, gradually speeding ups and slowing down, within the context of playing a phrase is relevant when performing this music. Pianists will need to research this playing approach in both their playing and listening to understand fully its implication as part of 19th century performance practice. The music editor has indicated arpeggiated chords to be played only when it is appropriate and in the light of current performance practice In the first section bars 1-31 the melody and accompaniment need to be played with a legato playing touch. A melancholy movement in character in the opening section there are nevertheless a variety of moods and tempo expressed during a performance of the whole movement. Some of the music is very simple although the middle section bars 32-51 in the tonic major key is more challenging technically with two changes of tempo and writing in which the texture is more full and complex. In a performance pianists should be looking to explore the full tonal and dynamic range of the instrument. Piano touch and articulations are elements that can be explored. The use of weight from the body through from the shoulders, arms, hands and fingers into the piano keys is something that with understanding and application can add interpretative value to a performance. Much of Tchaikovsky’s music can be arranged for other instrumental groups to perform and June offers many options for a solo instrument with piano accompaniment and both chamber and orchestral groups. The Tchaikovsky piano was essentially the modern instrument with an iron frame though the tonal range would not have been as broad as a grand piano of the 21st century. Use of the sustaining pedal is indicated in the score. The use of the sustaining pedal is dependent on so many factors in a performance particularly related to the quality of the piano and the acoustic of the performance area. The music editor’s view is a preference to under use rather than over use the sustaining pedal. Harmonies essentially should never be conflicted or smudged. Modern pianos are of course much more resonant than those of the past when being generous with the right foot could perhaps be tolerated. Using the sustaining pedal is quite a study in itself with quarter, half, three quarter and full pedalling Tchaikovsky travelled widely and would have been familiar with the Italian folk song barcorola describing a movement associated with boatmen and gondoliers with a characteristic rhythmic pattern imitating the rhythm of rowing. The context for much of Tchaikovsky’s salon and chamber music which was largely commissioned, was to compose ternary form music (ABA) using a popular dance rhythmic template of the time which included waltz, barcarolle, polka, mazurka amongst others. The middle part in two sections, one in quadruple time followed by an even faster one in triple time are faster in tempo faster in tempo and dance like in character requiring a lightness in the hands particular This middle section closes with a series of diminished seventh chords moving up the keyboard. After a brief two bar link the music of the A section returns as a varied repeat with the addition of some countemrodies and points of imitation largely sounded in the tenor line. There is considerable detail in the music score typical of printed music published in the late romantic period One of Tchaikovsky’s great skills as a composer was to be able to write music for all levels of performance expertise from beginner to improver, intermediate, advanced and virtuoso levels. The closing section or coda from bars 84 – 99 does reference and suggest imagery that relates to the composers reference to barcarolle in the music’s title. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. tenor saxophone & piano. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. tenor saxophone & piano. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical of the Spanish style. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. There is opportunity to explore articulations in a performance with staccato notes used particularly in the accompaniment. Short notes imitating the sound of the guitar are quite appropriate in this piece. Chords can be rolled again to imitate the sound of playing chords on the guitar. The music editor has not indicated staccato notes in the music score mainly because it is challenging to be consistent in such matters especially with music that does benefit from spontaneity. Listen to performances and use your ears is the advice. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the bassoon part are in place to keep to the instruments best tonal range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A tenor saxophone part is appended to the full score available as part of the pdf download. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. trombone & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. trombone & piano. A sunny piece that features many stylistic characteristics typi Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. trombone & piano. A sunny piece that features many stylistic characteristics typical of Spanish music. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. There is opportunity to explore articulations in a performance with staccato notes used particularly in the accompaniment. Short notes imitating the sound of the guitar are quite appropriate in this piece. Chords can be rolled again to imitate the sound of playing chords on the guitar. The music editor has not indicated staccato notes in the music score mainly because it is challenging to be consistent in such matters especially with music that does benefit from spontaneity. Listen to performances and use your ears is the advice. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the bassoon part are in place to keep to the instruments best tonal range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A trombone part is also appended to the full score available as part of the pdf download. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. bassoon & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. basson & piano. A sunny piece that features many stylistic characteristics typica Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. basson & piano. A sunny piece that features many stylistic characteristics typical of Spanish music. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. There is opportunity to explore articulations in a performance with staccato notes used particularly in the accompaniment. Short notes imitating the sound of the guitar are quite appropriate in this piece. Chords can be rolled again to imitate the sound of playing chords on the guitar. The music editor has not indicated staccato notes in the music score mainly because it is challenging to be consistent in such matters especially with music that does benefit from spontaneity. Listen to performances and use your ears is the advice. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the bassoon part are in place to keep to the instruments best tonal range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A bassoon part is also appended to the full score available as part of the pdf download. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. cello & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. cello & piano. A sunny piece that features many stylistic characteristics typical Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. cello & piano. A sunny piece that features many stylistic characteristics typical of Spanish music. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. There is opportunity to explore articulations in a performance with staccato notes used particularly in the accompaniment. Short notes imitating the sound of the guitar are quite appropriate in this piece. Chords can be rolled again to imitate the sound of playing chords on the guitar. The music editor has not indicated staccato notes in the music score mainly because it is challenging to be consistent in such matters especially with music that does benefit from spontaneity. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (animando) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the soprano saxophone part to keep to the instruments best tonal range range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A solo instrument part is also appended to the full score available as part of the pdf download. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. violin & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. violin & piano. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and styli Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. violin & piano. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and stylistic characteristics that are typical of Spanish art music in the late 19th century. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. There is opportunity to explore articulations in a performance with staccato notes used particularly in the accompaniment. Short notes imitating the sound of the guitar are quite appropriate in this piece. Chords can be rolled again imitate the sound of playing chords on the guitar. The music editor has not indicated staccato notes in the music score mainly because it is challenging to be consistent in such matters especially with music that does benefit from spontaneity. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (animando) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the soprano saxophone part to keep to the instruments best tonal range range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A solo instrument part is also appended to the full score available as part of the pdf download. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. flute & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española arr. flute & piano (from his Impressions of Spain). This is a sunny piece that features many of the stylistic charac Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española arr. flute & piano (from his Impressions of Spain). This is a sunny piece that features many of the stylistic characteristics of Spanish music that are typical of Spanish art music in the late 19th century. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as an important trend in music composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the G scale in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggesting images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and stylistic characteristics that are typical of Spanish art music in the late 19th century. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there is occasionally speeding ups (animando) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. There are some octave transpositions in the flute part to utilise the most appropriate range of the instrument. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the flute part to keep to the instruments more appealing range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Spanish has been used to describe the score detail in the pdf sheet music download Apart from approaching the playing of the score with a lightness in the hands, Pianists, when playing the accompaniment, will need to make use of the sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116,120 & 124 quarter note beats to the minutes. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and stylistic characteristics Read More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and stylistic characteristics that are typical of Spanish art music in the late 19th century. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the G scale in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggesting images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and stylistic characteristics that are typical of Spanish art music in the late 19th century. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there is occasionally speeding ups (animando) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the clarinet in Bb part to keep to the instruments more appealing range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Spanish has been used to describe the score detail in the pdf sheet music download Apart from approaching the playing of the score with a lightness in the hands, Pianists, when playing the accompaniment, will need to make use of the sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A clarinet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Chant sans Paroles (Song Without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arr. violin & piano

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for violin & piano. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotc Read More...

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for violin & piano. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 & 88 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A saxophone part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The sense of melody is always strong in this composer’s writing. Musicians need to explore the full tonal and dynamic range when playing this music The small decorative notes are possibly best omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. Late 19th century chromatic harmony is evident in the writing and the 8 bar phrase structure is consistent in this movement. The musical templates that tended to dominate Tchaikovsky’s composing life were the popular dance forms of his day – waltz, polka, mazurka, scherzo. This is music intended for performance in the salon or drawing room. This high intermediate arrangement keeps very much to the composers original score with just a few additional notes in the accompaniment to help the voicing of the chords. Tchaikovsky is the master of mood in music from the composing view supreme in able to express both the saddest and happiest of moments in music. Close

Chant sans Paroles (Song Without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for tenor saxophone & piano. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter no Read More...

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for tenor saxophone & piano. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 & 88 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A saxophone part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The sense of melody is always strong in this composer’s writing. Musicians need to explore the full tonal and dynamic range when playing this music The small decorative notes are possibly best omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. Late 19th century chromatic harmony is evident in the writing and the 8 bar phrase structure is consistent in this movement. The musical templates that tended to dominate Tchaikovsky’s composing life were the popular dance forms of his day – waltz, polka, mazurka, scherzo. This is music intended for performance in the salon or drawing room. This high intermediate arrangement keeps very much to the composers original score with just a few additional notes in the accompaniment to help the voicing of the chords. Tchaikovsky is the master of mood in music from the composing view supreme in able to express both the saddest and happiest of moments in music. Close

Chant sans Paroles (Song Without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arr. cello & piano

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for cello & piano. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotche Read More...

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for cello & piano. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The bass clef has been used for the notation of the cello part. For those who perform this music there are some opportunities to explore the octave in both the cello and piano parts particular in the section from bar 36 to Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 76, 80, 84 & 88 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A cello part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The sense of melody is always strong in this composer’s writing. Musicians need to explore the full tonal and dynamic range when playing this music The small decorative notes do not sound in the realisation and are possibly best omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. Late 19th century chromatic harmony is evident in the writing and the 8 bar phrase structure is consistent in this movement. The musical templates that tended to dominate Tchaikovsky’s composing life were the popular dance forms of his day – waltz, polka, mazurka, scherzo. This is music intended for performance in the salon or drawing room. This intermediate arrangement keeps very much to the composers original score with just a few additional notes in the accompaniment to help the voicing of the chords. Tchaikovsky is the master of mood in music from the composing view supreme in able to express both the saddest and happiest of moments in music. Close

Allegro (from Prelude, Fugue & Allegro BWV 998) | piano solo

The allegro is in binary form AB. The repeats are not played in the realisation. A brisk movement that needs to be played with a sense of there being Read More...

The allegro is in binary form AB. The repeats are not played in the realisation. A brisk movement that needs to be played with a sense of there being one beat in the bar. The realisation plays back at 68 bpm with the one in a bar beat being a dotted quarter note or crotchet Equal temperament tuning allowed Bach and others to discover and pursue new key options in their exploration of the cycle of fifths. As a brisk movement fingers need to be kept near the keys and the choice of fingers needs to be secure. The edited sheet music score with suggested fingering in place is a snapshot of how the music editor approached the playing of the work. A plain score is appended to the edited sheet music score. A legato touch needs to be demonstrated in the top line which has much diatonic step wise movement . There is opportunity to explore contrasting dynamics a reflection that this piece was originally intended to be played on the harpsichord. Ornamenation does not feature in this arrangement and the two main cadences feature at the end of the A section (bar 36) and at the end of the B section (bar 96). Remember that Bach’s music needs to be played with the clearest of intentions. The music editor favours a dry acoustic performing Bach’s music with minimal use of the sustaining pedal. Close

Chanson Triste arr. cello & piano

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for cello & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G minor Read More...

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for cello & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. The realisation plays back at 92 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 84, 88, 92, 96,100 &104 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A cello part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. Accompanying pianists need to make appropriate use of the sustaining pedal although it is not indicated in the sheet music download. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a range of dynamics. Tchaikovsky tends to indicate a full range of dynamics in his writing. There is a chromatic element in the harmonic writing particularly in the A section. Playing the G minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. There are 12 piano pieces in the Opus 40 collection. They can be essentially be described as salon music which is music composed intended for home use in the 19th century drawing room possibly with a small audience in attendance. Close

Chanson Triste arr. violin & piano

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for violin & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G mino Read More...

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for violin & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. The realisation plays back at 92 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 84, 88, 92, 96,100 &104 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A violin part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. Accompanying pianists need to make appropriate use of the sustaining pedal although it is not indicated in the sheet music download. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a range of dynamics. Tchaikovsky tends to indicate a full range of dynamics in his writing. There is a chromatic element in the harmonic writing particularly in the A section. Playing the G minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. There are 12 piano pieces in the Opus 40 collection. They can be essentially be described as salon music which is music composed intended for home use in the 19th century drawing room possibly with a small audience in attendance. Close

Chanson Triste (Sad Song)

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular piano pieces composed in 1878 and in the key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melanc Read More...

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular piano pieces composed in 1878 and in the key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. Pianists need to make appropriate use of the sustaining pedal although it is not indicated in the sheet music pdf. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a range of dynamics. Tchaikovsky tends to make use of the full range of the piano in his writing. There is a chromatic element in the harmonic writing particularly in the A section. Playing the G minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. Listen to Sviatoslav Richter’s and others playing of this piece to gain an insight in how it is should be performed. There is much detail in the writing There are 12 piano pieces in the Opus 40 collection. Close

Arabesque No.1 arr. saxophone quartet

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for saxophone quartet, comprising soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxophones sounding in the key of F. This is Read More...

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for saxophone quartet, comprising soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxophones sounding in the key of F. This is music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20’s. The first Arabesque has a tempo marking Andantino con moto whist the realisation for saxophone quartet plays back at an initial 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed from the original key of E to F. There are some of octave transpositions in the arrangement keeping the instrument parts within the range of the instrument. It is a three section work. Saxophone parts appropriately transposed are appended to the full music score. Much of the writing in this movement references triadic chords played as arpeggios. The intervals of the thirds and tenth (compound third) feature strongly in the parallel motion It is a three section work with the reflective middle section referencing the key of the sub-dominant. The triplet pattern is a strong feature of the movement. Instrumentalists new to playing cross rhythms need to practice playing triplet rhythms for a bar and then change it to eighth notes (quavers) so that they develop a clear sense of pulse in their playing. This a movement where the tempo often ebbs and flows in what is referred to as Tempo Rubato. This is an important aspect of performance practice and something that is first associated with the music of Chopin. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding of all the terms used in the score detail. 20th century music scores do generally have more graphics and terms in place to assist how the music is to be played and interpreted. A quite stunning and impressionable piece in all senses of the word with a strong sense of melody that lends itself to being arranged for an ensemble such as a clarinet quartet. Debussy composed his two Arabesques between 1888 and 1891 whilst still in his 20’s. They were originally composed for piano. They are movements that challenge the established pathways of his late romantic contemporaries. They are often described as early impressionist pieces although Debussy himself didn’t like references of his music using the term. Debussy has famously been described as the composer who opened the door to 20th century musical composition in the sense that his compositional approach was different to that of many of his contemporaries whose music was generally becoming increasingly dissonant. Debussy’s writing is more about exploring the beauty of sound without necessarily following the rules of harmonic writing that prevailed in the 19th century. Debussy created a new approach to composition in which beauty of sound and line were paramount exploring connections between the visual arts, nature and the environment around him His music is frequently described as being evocative in that he describes in music what he sees, hears and observes from his experiences of life. He is a composer of visual music. Debussy also lived at a time when the world as such was coming to Europe with exhibitions and as a composer he was open and influenced by the many cultures as his music suggests. Saxophone accompaniments are in place to encourage ensemble practice playing at 100-88 -100 quarter note (crotchets) beats per minute and also 104-092-104, 104-100-104, 108-100-108, 112-096-112 and 112-104-112 bpm with the tempo referring to the music as a three section work. If there are saxophonists who would like additional accompaniments in place please advise the PlentyMusic office with tempo suggestions. Whilst there are tempo changes in these accompaniments rubato playing is not as such represented. Arabesque is a term that refers to artistic decoration and line which are terms relevant to music. The art in respect to Arab culture is also extremely relevant as the term suggests having both historical and modern contexts. Spend time looking at Arabesque graphics. There are related aspects to line and position in ballet music so as a description of a piece of music the term Arabesque has several references and meaning. Close

Arabesque No.1 arr. trombone & piano

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for advanced level trombone & piano sounding in the key of F. The music composed whilst Debussy was still in his Read More...

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for advanced level trombone & piano sounding in the key of F. The music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20’s. The first Arabesque has a tempo marking Andantino con moto whist the realisation for trombone & piano plays back at an initial 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed from the original key of E to F. There are some of octave transpositions in the arrangement keeping the trombone parts within an appropriate range. It is a three section work. A trombone part notated in the tenor clef is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 100-88 -100 quarter note (crotchets) beats per minute, 104-092-104, 104-100-104, 108-100-108, 112-096-112 and 112-104-112 bpm with the tempo references referring to the music as a three section work. Tempo considerations have great relevance in the performance of this music. In terms of beauty of music lines this is a hard piece of music to beat which makes it an enthralling and challenging ensemble piece. Some of the score detail is omitted in the video score and the use of 3 to indicated triplets are perhaps not consistently applied Learning 3’s against 2’s as a cross rhythm (and 2’s against 3’s) are probably best learnt as clapping/tapping games in a group context. Much of the writing in this movement references triadic chords played as arpeggios. The intervals of the thirds and tenth (compound third) feature strongly in the parallel motion It is a three section work with the reflective middle section referencing the key of the sub-dominant. The triplet pattern is a strong feature of the movement. Instrumentalists new to playing cross rhythms need to practice playing triplet rhythms for a bar and then change it to eighth notes (quavers) so that they develop a clear sense of pulse in their playing. This a movement where the tempo often ebbs and flows in what is referred to as Tempo Rubato. This is an important aspect of performance practice and something that is first associated with the music of Chopin. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding of all the terms used in the score detail. 20th century music scores do generally have more graphics and terms in place to assist how the music is to be played and interpreted. A quite stunning and impressionable piece in all senses of the word with a strong sense of melody that lends itself to being arranged for an ensemble such as a solo instrument with a piano accompaniment. Debussy composed his two Arabesques between 1888 and 1891 whilst still in his 20’s. They were originally composed for piano. They are movements that challenge the established pathways of his late romantic contemporaries. They are often described as early impressionist pieces although Debussy himself didn’t like references of his music using the term. Debussy has famously been described as the composer who opened the door to 20th century musical composition in the sense that his compositional approach was different to that of many of his contemporaries whose music was generally becoming increasingly dissonant. Debussy’s writing is more about exploring the beauty of sound without necessarily following the rules of harmonic writing that prevailed in the 19th century. Debussy created a new approach to composition in which beauty of sound and line were paramount exploring connections between the visual arts, nature and the environment around him His music is frequently described as being evocative in that he describes in music what he sees, hears and observes from his experiences of life. He is a composer of visual music. Debussy also lived at a time when the world as such was coming to Europe with exhibitions and as a composer he was open and influenced by the many cultures as his music suggests. If there are trombonists who would like additional accompaniments in place please advise the PlentyMusic office with a tempo template. Whilst there are tempo changes in the PlentyMusic accompaniments rubato playing is not as such represented. Arabesque is a term that refers to artistic decoration and line which are terms relevant to music. The art in respect to Arab culture is also extremely relevant as the term suggests having both historical and modern contexts. Spend time looking at Arabesque graphics. There are related aspects to line and position in ballet music so as a description of a piece of music the term Arabesque has several references and meaning. Close

Arabesque No. 1 arr. clarinet quartet

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for clarinet quartet, comprising 3 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet sounding in the key of F. This is music comp Read More...

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for clarinet quartet, comprising 3 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet sounding in the key of F. This is music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20’s. The first Arabesque has a tempo marking Andantino con moto whist the realisation for clarinet quartet plays back at an initial 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed from the original key of E to F. There are some of octave transpositions in the arrangement keeping the instrument parts within the range of the instrument. It is a three section work. Clarinet parts appropriately transposed are appended to the full music score. Tempo considerations have great relevance in the performance of this music. In terms of beauty of music lines this is a hard piece of music to beat which makes it an enthralling and challengeing ensemble piece possibly best performed with a conductor in place or by the clarinet in Bb 1 player who is a competent leader. Learning 3’s against 2’s as a cross rhythm (and 2’s against 3’s) are probably best learnt as clapping/tapping games in a group context. Much of the writing in this movement references triadic chords played as arpeggios. The intervals of the thirds and tenth (compound third) feature strongly in the parallel motion It is a three section work with the reflective middle section referencing the key of the sub-dominant. The triplet pattern is a strong feature of the movement. Instrumentalists new to playing cross rhythms need to practice playing triplet rhythms for a bar and then change it to eighth notes (quavers) so that they develop a clear sense of pulse in their playing. This a movement where the tempo often ebbs and flows in what is referred to as Tempo Rubato. This is an important aspect of performance practice and something that is first associated with the music of Chopin. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding of all the terms used in the score detail. 20th century music scores do generally have more graphics and terms in place to assist how the music is to be played and interpreted. A quite stunning and impressionable piece in all senses of the word with a strong sense of melody that lends itself to being arranged for an ensemble such as a clarinet quartet. Debussy composed his two Arabesques between 1888 and 1891 whilst still in his 20’s. They were originally composed for piano. They are movements that challenge the established pathways of his late romantic contemporaries. They are often described as early impressionist pieces although Debussy himself didn’t like references of his music using the term. Debussy has famously been described as the composer who opened the door to 20th century musical composition in the sense that his compositional approach was different to that of many of his contemporaries whose music was generally becoming increasingly dissonant. Debussy’s writing is more about exploring the beauty of sound without necessarily following the rules of harmonic writing that prevailed in the 19th century. Debussy created a new approach to composition in which beauty of sound and line were paramount exploring connections between the visual arts, nature and the environment around him His music is frequently described as being evocative in that he describes in music what he sees, hears and observes from his experiences of life. He is a composer of visual music. Debussy also lived at a time when the world as such was coming to Europe with exhibitions and as a composer he was open and influenced by the many cultures as his music suggests. Clarinet accompaniments are in place to encourage ensemble practice playing at 100-88 -100 quarter note (crotchets) beats per minute and also 104-092-104, 104-100-104, 108-100-108, 112-096-112 and 112-104-112 bpm with the tempo referring to the music as a three section work. If there clarinettists who would like additional accompaniments in place please advise the PlentyMusic office with tempo suggestions. Whilst there are tempo changes in these accompaniments rubato playing is not as such represented. Arabesque is a term that refers to artistic decoration and line which are terms relevant to music. The art in respect to Arab culture is also extremely relevant as the term suggests having both historical and modern contexts. Spend time looking at Arabesque graphics. There are related aspects to line and position in ballet music so as a description of a piece of music the term Arabesque has several references and meaning. Close

Dainty Doll | Novelty Piano Solo

Dainty Doll, by Bernard Barnes is a novelty piano solo, published in 1934. A movement full of charm it needs to be played in a swing style with a ligh Read More...

Dainty Doll, by Bernard Barnes is a novelty piano solo, published in 1934. A movement full of charm it needs to be played in a swing style with a light keyboard touch. The realisation plays back at 120 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute. The same tempo is used in each of the sections in the realisation apart from bars the two bar link (bars 43 & 44) where the tempo has been deliberately slowed before the return of the A section. Dainty Doll described as a Novelette dates from 1934. As a piano novelty solo played in a swing style some obvious ambiguities arise in terms of understanding the notation of the music. The music needs to be played with a lightness in the hands and the melodic ideas need to be articulated clearly. The triplet pattern features continually despite the ambiguity of the notation. While use of the sustaining pedal is recommended its use is not indicated in the music score. Formally the music can be described as A B C A with the key plan being D G C D. 16 bar phrases are evident in the structure in each of the sections Whilst there is a clear reference to the American march this is presented in an abridged form more suited to the performance of novelty piano music. Barney Barnes is also fond of using a two bar link just before the return of the A section preparing the return to the home key of D. The compositional style demonstrates many of the popular music cliches and formulas contemporary to the period of its writing. The 2 bar unit is very much the building block in novelty pieces of music with each building block being part of a conversation very much like the question and answer phrase structure that is frequently described in classical music A display of contrasting textures in each of the sections also tends to be evident. From the technical point of view novelty pieces certainly on the piano need to be understood as being advanced pieces and tempo instructions invariably should be interpreted as “play as fast as possible.” Harmonically many seventh chords are in evidence and the cycle of fifths often with the addition of chromatic notes provides the framework. Musicians will sense that this piece as is the case with much novelty music is suitable to be arranged for other instrument combinations because there are some evident accompaniment motives and the texture and pianistic writing suggests arrangement possibilities. It is a pity that there isn’t more Bernard Barnes sheet music available because his compositional style has great charm and appeal. As in much novelty piano music the interval of a fourth features in the melody line. Novelty music is very much a chordal based often with a strong chromatic element. The realisation plays back at 120 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute. Repetition features strongly in the piece and the spread chords in the left hand are necessary enabling pianists to manage stretches. Subtle changes of tempo do not feature in the realisation and generally music in this style needs to be played consistently with possibly some slowing down at the end of sections Bernard Barnes 1892 -1947 was born in Worcester (modern day West Midlands) in the UK and moved to the USA is his youth settling in Seattle where he worked as a cinema organist becoming an American citizen in 1922. He is associated with a mode of music making familiarly referred to as “photoplay” that is music intended to be played for silent movies. His day job was playing largely improvised organ music to accompany silent movies. In the video score some of the graphic score detail is hidden simply because it behaves inconsistently in this format. The pianos of the novelty era tended to have lighter touches that those of modern instruments which partly explains tempos from archive recordings. Certainly as a composer Barney Barnes is deserving of more attention and his popular piano novelties need to heard more often. The early radio and recording years were wonderful times for piano playing with the majority of well trained classical musicians having to decide on whether to pursue a career on traditional paths or embrace the new idioms of radio, cinema and related popular music idioms. Close

Arabesque No. 1 arr. alto saxophone & piano

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for alto saxophone and piano sounding in the key of Ab. This is music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20 Read More...

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for alto saxophone and piano sounding in the key of Ab. This is music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20’s. The first Arabesque has a tempo marking Andantino con moto whist the realisation for alto saxophone and piano plays back at an initial 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed from the original key of E toAb. It is a three section work. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. Much of the writing in this movement references triadic chords played as arpeggios. The intervals of the thirds and tenth (compound third) feature strongly in the parallel motion It is a three section work with the reflective middle section referencing the key of the sub-dominant. The triplet pattern is a strong feature of the movement. Instrumentalists new to playing cross rhythms need to practice playing triplet rhythms for a bar and then change it to eighth notes (quavers) so that they develop a clear sense of pulse in their playing. This a movement where the tempo often ebbs and flows in what is referred to as Tempo Rubato. This is an important aspect of performance practice and something that is first associated with the music of Chopin. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding of all the terms used in the score detail. 20th century music scores do generally have more graphics and terms in place to assist how the music is to be played and interpreted. A quite stunning and impressionable piece in all senses of the word with a strong sense of melody that lends itself to being arranged for a solo instrument with an accompaniment. Debussy composed his two Arabesques between 1888 and 1891 whilst still in his 20’s. They were originally composed for piano. They are movements that challenge the established pathways of his late romantic contemporaries. They are often described as early impressionist pieces although Debussy himself didn’t like references of his music using the term. Debussy has famously been described as the composer who opened the door to 20th century musical composition in the sense that his compositional approach was different to that of many of his contemporaries whose music was generally becoming increasingly dissonant. Debussy’s writing is more about exploring the beauty of sound without necessarily following the rules of harmonic writing that prevailed in the 19th century. Debussy created a new approach to composition in which beauty of sound and line were paramount exploring connections between the visual arts, nature and the environment around him His music is frequently described as being evocative in that he describes in music what he sees, hears and observes from his experiences of life. He is a composer of visual music. Debussy also lived at a time when the world as such was coming to Europe with exhibitions and as a composer he was open and influenced by the many cultures as his music catalogue suggests. Piano accompaniments are in place to encourage ensemble practice playing at 100-88 -100 quarter note (crotchets) beats per minute and also 104-092-104, 104-100-104, 108-100-108, 112-096-112 and 112-104-112 bpm with the tempo referring to the music as a three section work. If there instrumentalists who would like additional accompaniments in place please advise the PlentyMusic office with tempo suggestions. Whilst there are tempo changes in these accompaniments rubato playing is not as such represented. Arabesque is a term that refers to artistic decoration and line which are terms relevant to music. The art in respect to Arab culture is also extremely relevant as the term suggests having both historical and modern contexts. Spend time looking at Arabesque graphics. There are related aspects to line and position in ballet music so as a description of a piece of music using the term Arabesque has relevance and meaning. Close

Arabesque No. 1 arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano sounding in the key of F This is music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20� Read More...

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano sounding in the key of F This is music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20’s. The first Arabesque has a tempo marking Andantino con moto whist the realisation for clarinet in Bb and piano plays back at an initial 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed from the original key of E to F. It is a three section work. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. Much of the writing in this movement references triadic chords played as arpeggios. The intervals of the thirds and tenth (compound third) feature strongly in the parallel motion It is a three section work with the reflective middle section referencing the key of the sub-dominant. The triplet pattern is a strong feature of the movement. Instrumentalists new to playing cross rhythms need to practice playing triplet rhythms for a bar and then change it to eighth notes so that they develop a clear sense of pulse in their playing. This a movement where the tempo often ebbs and flows in what is referred to as Tempo Rubato. This is an important aspect of performance practice and something that is first associated with the music of Chopin. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding of all the terms used in the score detail. 20th century music scores do generally have more graphics and terms in place to assist how the music is to be played and interpreted. A quite stunning and impressionable piece in all senses of the word with a strong sense of melody that lends itself to being arranged for a solo instrument with an accompaniment. Debussy composed his two Arabesques between 1888 and 1891 whilst still in his 20’s. They were originally composed for piano. They are movements that challenge the established pathways of his late romantic contemporaries. They are often described as early impressionist pieces although Debussy himself didn’t like references of his music using the term. Debussy has famously been described as the composer who opened the door to 20th century musical composition in the sense that his compositional approach was different to that of many of his contemporaries whose music was generally becoming increasingly dissonant. Debussy’s writing is more about exploring the beauty of sound without necessarily following the rules of harmonic writing that prevailed in the 19th century. Debussy created a new approach to composition in which beauty of sound and line were paramount exploring connections between the visual arts, nature and the environment around him His music is frequently described as being evocative in that he describes in music what he sees, hears and observes from his experiences of life. He is a composer of visual music. Debussy also lived at a time when the world as such was coming to Europe with exhibitions and as a composer he was open and influenced by the many cultures as his music catalogue suggests. Piano accompaniments are in place to encourage ensemble practice playing at 100-88 -100 quarter note (crotchets) beats per minute and also 104-092-104, 104-100-104, 108-100-108, 112-096-112 and 112-104-112 bpm with the tempo referring to the music as a three section work. If there instrumentalists who would like additional accompaniments in place please advise the PlentyMusic office with tempo suggestions. Accompaniments are priced at 1 credit each. Whilst there are tempo changes in these accompaniments rubato playing is not as such represented. Arabesque is a term that refers to artistic decoration and line which are terms relevant to music. The art in respect to Arab culture is also extremely relevant as the term suggests having both historical and modern contexts. Spend time looking at Arabesque graphics. There are related aspects to line and position in ballet music so as a description of a piece of music using the term Arabesque has relevance and meaning. Close

Dainty Miss | Novelty Piano Solo

Bernard Barnes 1892 -1947 was born in Worcester and moved to the USA is his youth settling in Seattle where he worked as a cinema organist becoming an Read More...

Bernard Barnes 1892 -1947 was born in Worcester and moved to the USA is his youth settling in Seattle where he worked as a cinema organist becoming an American citizen in 1922. He is associated with a mode of music making familiarly referred to as “photoplay” that is music intended to be played for silent movies. Dainty Miss described as a Novelette dates from 1924. Whist a piano novelty solo played in a swing style there are recordings available where the music is arranged for Palm Court Orchestra. The music needs to be played with a lightness in the hands and the melodic ideas need to be articulated clearly. It is quite a charming character piece that does not need to be played too quickly. The triplet pattern features continually despite the ambiguity of the notation. Crossing of hands (left over right hand feature in the second section of music which has the repeat. After the 16 bar trio section there is a two bar link leading to a reprise of the first section with a slightly different final cadence. The voice leading in bar 44 warrants some careful attention and possibly quite a bit of disagreement amongst piano players? A tempo of between 55-60 half note or minim beats to the minute is suggested. While use of the sustaining pedal is recommended its use is not indicated in the music score. The realisation plays back at 60 half note or minim beats to the minute. Close

C Chromatic Scale | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The chromatic scale starting on C presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Read More...

The chromatic scale starting on C presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. Free sheet music download: coming soon When learning the scale familiarise yourself with the sound and structure of the scale. There are some alternative fingering suggestions in place that can be considered. mp3 play-a-long tracks can be easily accessed and downloaded to a mobile phone from the website to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) in 12 bpm steps (60, 72, 84, 96, 108, 120, 132 & 144bpm). The mp3 on the audition free download plays back at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf #sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. Remember that PlentyMusic scale drills are presented in a metrical context to provide an ensemble experience. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering Remember that in a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Thumb under & third & fourth finger over preparation is a crucial aspect of keyboard technique that needs to be practiced. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. Close

Scale of C natural minor | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The natural minor scale starting on C presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tra Read More...

The natural minor scale starting on C presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. Not relevant every day of the week or in music from the classical era where voice leading defaults to the melodic & harmonic versions of the scale. However it has a relevant context in much folk music. When learning the scale familiarise yourself with the sound and structure of the scale. In the c natural minor scale the 3rd 6th and 7th notes of scale are flattened. mp3 play-a-long tracks can be easily accessed and downloaded to a mobile phone from the PlentyMusic website to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) and are presented in 12 bpm steps (60, 72, 84, 96, 108, 120, 132 & 144bpm). The mp3 on the audition free download plays back at 108 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf #sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. PlentyMusic scale practice exercises are designed to improve technical skills and are presented in a metrical context enabling keyboard players to practice and improve their technical & aural skills as part of an ensemble playing activity. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: right hand two octaves left hand two octaves right and left hands together two octaves similar motion right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion Keep to the specified fingering Remember that in a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but at the same time they need to be played with engagement and concentration Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys. The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. Close

Bubbling Over | Novelty Piano

Bubbling Over is a novelty piano solo by Carroll Gibbons published in 1937. The playback tempo of the realisation is 84 half note or minim beats to th Read More...

Bubbling Over is a novelty piano solo by Carroll Gibbons published in 1937. The playback tempo of the realisation is 84 half note or minim beats to the minute and 72 half note bpm in the section from bars 79 to 110. It is a movement that needs to be played in a swing style. Carroll Gibbons was a wonderful musical talent and pianist kept busy at the Savoy Hotel in the war years. Broadcasting on a regular basis his playing is well documented in the recording sense although sadly not much of his piano music is available in print. Although American by birth he lived and worked in England. The quality of his musicianship is down to a combination his wonderful knowledge of chords, a repertoire largely based on the songbooks of the 1930’s & 40’s combined with experience leading bands in his working years. For the enthusiast there is archive material to discover on Carroll Gibbons. His performances particularly of popular songs are well documented with many broadcasts and recordings of his music available on streaming media. He is associated with many of the finest artists of his day including the singers Anne Lenner and Hildegarde. Pianists intending to play this particular piece well will need to have an excellent piano technique. Many of the techniques that feature in the popular piano styles of the 20th century can be identified in Bubbling Over. A light piano touch is needed and players need to play accurately and above all with rhythmic security and command. Gibbons is fond of using 2 bar links enabling him to change the mood and key in his music and there is an example of this from bar 77-78. Managing the weight in the hands is crucial in performing complex chordal music like this on a piano. It’s probably best to learn the movement as three separate sections and then perform the work as a whole. Careful attention needs to be paid to the note reading and the stretches in both hands need to be carefully managed. The swing style of playing requires the music to be performed with a triplet feel and this is not particularly well represented on the sheet music page with clarity. This is the reason why it is important and necessary for pianists to listen to Carroll Gibbons recordings playing his own music. The chromatic element in the writing is strong. The pianos in England when this music was composed were often made by Challen which had quite a light touch. Bubbling Over is described as a Foxtrot and has a sectional structure. After a 4 bar introduction there is a 35 bar A section in the key of D succeeded by a 32 bar B section in the key of F. After a two bar link this is followed by a 32 bar section in the key of G with the final section being a repeat of the opening Section A with the addition of a 6 bar coda. The A section is very typical of novelty music style whilst the B section is chordal in character. Section C features cross hand playing with the melody played in the tenor line with a bass line and off beat chords succeeded by the repetition of the A section and coda. His arrangements demonstrate a great awareness of harmonic colouring in both the choice of chords in the harmonic progression sense and the additional notes added to chords. Close

Blues Scale in C | Straight | Piano Keyboard

The blues scale starting on C presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Impr Read More...

The blues scale starting on C presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. Free sheet music download: The scale needs to be played as notated and straight refers to the fact that it is to be played evenly with the avoidance on any rhythmic emphasis. In the blues scale the 3rd and 7th notes are flattened. When learning the scale familiarise yourself with the sound and structure of the scale. This scale has been notated using accidentals because it is outside the major minor tonal system. Playing blues scales introduces players to other cultural and geographical aspects of music. Playing blues scales provide different sounds and challenge to the musical ear and help develop and broaden listening skills. mp3 play-a-long tracks can be easily accessed and downloaded to a mobile phone from the website to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) and are presented in 12 bpm steps (60, 72, 84, 96, 108, 120, 132 & 144bpm). The mp3 on the audition free download plays back at 72 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf #sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. PlentyMusic scale practice exercises are designed to improve technical skills and are presented in a metrical context enabling keyboard players to practice and improve their technical & aural skills as part of an ensemble playing activity. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: right hand two octaves left hand two octaves right and left hands together two octaves similar motion right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion Keep to the specified fingering Remember that In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but at the same time they need to be played with engagement and concentration Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys. Close

Blues Scale in C | Swing | Piano Keyboard

The blues scale starting on C presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Impr Read More...

The blues scale starting on C presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. Free sheet music download: The scale needs to be played as notated and swing refers to the fact that the pattern of three notes are to be played in a triplet pattern. Triplets involves playing three eighth or quaver notes for each beat and is a characteristic feature of swing music. Swing playing started featuring in popular music in the early 20th century and is a strong feature in many popular styles performed today particularly in the jazz and blues music area. There are often ambiguities in the way that swing music is notated. When learning the scale familiarise yourself with the sound and structure of the scale. In the blues scale the 3rd and 7th notes are flattened. This scale has been notated using accidentals because it is outside the major minor tonal system. Playing blues scales introduces players to other cultural and geographical aspects of music. Playing blues scales provide different sounds and challenge to the musical ear and help develop and broaden listening skills. mp3 play-a-long tracks can be easily accessed and downloaded to a mobile phone from the website to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) and are presented in 12 bpm steps (60, 72, 84, 96, 108, 120, 132 & 144bpm). The mp3 on the audition free download plays back at 72 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf #sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. PlentyMusic scale practice exercises are designed to improve technical skills and are presented in a metrical context enabling keyboard players to practice and improve their technical & aural skills as part of an ensemble playing activity. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: right hand two octaves left hand two octaves right and left hands together two octaves similar motion right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion Keep to the specified fingering Remember that In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but at the same time they need to be played with engagement and concentration Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys. The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. Close

Polly arr. marimba, flute, guitar & bass

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for marimba, flute, guitar & bass This novelty piece published in 1926 is a lively movement that needs to be Read More...

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for marimba, flute, guitar & bass This novelty piece published in 1926 is a lively movement that needs to be played in a swing style. The realisation score plays back at 64 half note or minim bpm. In this arrangement rehearsal markings are in place in the score with the music sounding in the original key of D. The pdf #sheetmusic download has individual instrument parts appended to the full score. Electric or acoustic guitars can be used and either electric bass guitar or acoustic bass. There is a strong chromatic element in this movement which has a formal structure related to the American march form. Additionally there is a strong repetitive element in the use of shapes and motifs which is often a feature in the popular music idiom. Modern instruments are tonally much stronger than the instruments of the 1920’s and some of the indicated articulation markings may need to be reviewed by players. The marimba is presented as the solo instrument in the arrangement with the flute providing the fills and links at the end of phrases. The guitar part is fairly straight forward although some of the chords have been revoiced so that the chord choices are straightforward. In the appended parts chord symbols are in place to assist players where they are appropriate. This is a mix and match arrangement so other arrangements in D, flute, cello and bassoon can make use of this choice of accompaniment for practicing. Popular music idioms in the modern sense were established in the first decade of the 20th century first with ragtime and then with related styles like novelty piano, stride piano and subsequently with blues and jazz styles and much later other combinations . Musicians as such were provided with a career choice of either pursuing the popular or more serious classical idiom. Interestingly many successful popular music composers and performers in the early 20th century were classically trained. The realisation plays back at 62 half note or minim beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place playing back at 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70 and 72 half note or minim beats to the minute. The conventions used in the notation of swing music are confusing and not altogether consistent so thare are a few rhythmic ambiguities in the score Time spent listening to performances of this piece will be helpful. It is communicating the swing style element that is important when the music is played. The triplet pattern or shape is the key rhythmic element. John Stepan Zamecnik had a successful career as a composer of music for film or more accurately silent films commonly referred to as photoplay music. As a composer he frequently used pseudonms. It would be interesting to ask him why? Whilst American by birth he studied music in Prague with Dvorak in the mid 1890's. Much of his working life was spent in the city of Cleveland. Close

Polly arr. cello & piano

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for cello & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. It is a lively movement that needs to be played Read More...

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for cello & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. It is a lively movement that needs to be played in a swing style. The realisation plays back at 62 half note or minim beats per minute. (bpm). In this arrangement the music sounds in the original key of D. The pdf sheetmusic download has a cello part appended to the full score. There is a strong chromatic element in this movement which has a formal structure related to the American march form Additionally there is a strong repetitive element in the use of shapes and motifs which is often a feature in the popular music idiom. Modern instruments are tonally much stronger than the instruments of the 1920’s and some of the indicated articulation markings may need to be reviewed by players. Popular music idioms in the modern sense were established in the first decade of the 20th century first with ragtime and then with related styles like novelty piano, stride piano and subsequently with blues and jazz styles and much later other combinations . Musicians as such were provided with a career choice of either pursuing the popular or more serious classical idiom. Interestingly many successful popular music composers and performers in the early 20th century were classically trained. The realisation plays back at 62 half note or minim beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place playing back at 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70 and 72 half note or minim beats to the minute. The conventions used in the notation of swing music are confusing and not altogether consistent or to be believed. Time spent listening to performances of this piece will be helpful Communicating the swing style element that is important when the music is played. The triplet pattern or shape is the key rhythmic element John Stepan Zamecnik had a successful career as a composer of music for film or more accurately silent films commonly referred to as photoplay music. As a composer he frequently used pseudonms. It would be interesting to ask him why? Whilst American by birth he studied music in Prague with Dvorak in the mid 1890's. Much of his working life was spent in the city of Cleveland. Close

Polly arr. flute & piano

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for flute & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. A lively movement it needs to be played in a sw Read More...

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for flute & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. A lively movement it needs to be played in a swing style. In this arrangement the music sounds in the original intended key of D. The pdf sheetmusic download has a flute part appended to the full score. There is a strong chromatic element in this movement which has a sectional structure. There is a strong repetitive element in the use of shapes and motifs. Modern instruments are tonally much stronger than the instruments of yesteryear and some of the indicated articulation markings may need to be reviewed. Popular music idioms were established in the first decade of the 20th century first with ragtime and then related styles like novelty and subsequently blues and jazz styles. The realisation plays back at 64 half note or minim beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place playing back at 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70 and 72 half note or minim beats to the minute. The conventions used in the notation of swing music are confusing and not altogether consistent but it is communicating the swing style element that is important when the music is played. The triplet pattern or shape is the key rhythmic element. Novelty pieces were generally composed in American March form. John Stepan Zamecnik had a successful career as a composer of music for film or more accurately silent films commonly referred to as photoplay music. As a composer he frequently used pseudonms, Whilst American by birth he studied music in Prague with Dvorak in the mid 1890's. Much of his working life was spent in the city of Cleveland. Close

Polly arr. tenor saxophone & piano

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for tenor saxophone & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. It is a lively movement that needs to Read More...

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for tenor saxophone & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. It is a lively movement that needs to be played in a swing style. The realisation plays back at 62 half note or minim bpm. In this arrangement the music sounds in the key of Bb. The pdf sheetmusic download has a tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed appended to the full score. There is a strong chromatic element in this movement which has a formal structure related to the American march form There is a strong repetitive element in the use of shapes and motifs which is often a feature in the popular music idiom. Modern instruments are tonally much stronger than the instruments of the 1920’s and some of the indicated articulation markings may need to be reviewed by players. Popular music idioms in the modern sense were established in the first decade of the 20th century first with ragtime and then with related styles like novelty piano, stride piano and subsequently with blues and jazz styles. Musicians as such were provided with a career choice of either pursuing the popular or more serious classical idioms. Interestingly many successful popular music composers and performers in the early 20th century were classically trained musicians. The realisation plays back at 62 half note or minim beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place playing back at 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70 and 72 half note or minim beats to the minute. The conventions used in the notation of swing music are confusing and not altogether consistent. The triplet pattern or shape is the key rhythmic element. Communicating the swing style element is important when playing this music and it would be wise to spend time listening to performances from available recordings. John Stepan Zamecnik had a successful career as a composer of music for film or more accurately silent films commonly referred to as photoplay music. As a composer he frequently used pseudonms. It would be interesting to ask him why? Whilst American by birth he studied music in Prague with Dvorak in the mid 1890's. Much of his working life was spent in the city of Cleveland. Close

Polly arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. A lively movement it needs to be playe Read More...

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. A lively movement it needs to be played in a swing style. In this arrangement the music sounds has been transposed sounding in the key of B flat. The pdf sheetmusic download has a clarinet in Bb part appended to the full score. There is a strong chromatic element in what is a movement with a sectional structure. There is a strong repetitive element in the use of shapes and motifs. Modern instruments are tonally much stronger than the instruments of yesteryear and some of the indicated articulation markings may need to be reviewed. Popular music idioms were established in the first decade of the 20th century first with ragtime and then related styles like novelty and subsequently blues and jazz styles. The realisation plays back at 64 half note or minim beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place playing back at 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70 and 72 half note or minim beats to the minute. The conventions used in the notation of swing music are confusing and not altogether consistent but it is communicating the swing style element that is important when the music is played. .The triplet pattern or shape is the key rhythmic element. Novelty pieces were generally composed in American March form. John Stepan Zamecnik had a successful career as a composer of music for film or more accurately silent films commonly referred to as photoplay music. As a composer he frequently used pseudonms, Whilst American by birth he studied music in Prague with Dvorak in the mid 1890's. Much of his working life was spent in the city of Cleveland. Close

Scale of C Mixolydian | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of C Mixolydian mode presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Imp Read More...

The scale of C Mixolydian mode presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. When learning the scale familiarise yourself with the sound and structure of the scale. Playing modal scales introduces players & listeners to other cultural and geographical aspects of music. Playing modal scales offer a different sound and challenge to the musical ear and help develop and broaden listening skills. mp3 play-a-long tracks can be easily accessed and downloaded to a mobile phone from the website to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) in 12 bpm steps (60, 72, 84, 96, 108, 120, 132 & 144bpm). The mp3 on the audition free download plays back at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf #sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. Remember that PlentyMusic scale drills are presented in a metrical context to provide an ensemble experience. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering Remember that In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Thumb under & third & fourth finger over preparation is a crucial aspect of keyboard technique that needs to be practiced. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Close

Polly | Novelty Piano

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly a noveltypiano solo was published in 1926. A lively movement it need to be played in a swing style. The novelty pianists we Read More...

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly a noveltypiano solo was published in 1926. A lively movement it need to be played in a swing style. The novelty pianists were unique musicians and performers generally possessing great keyboard technique and frequently were well trained musicians. They were attracted to playing music in the popular popular music style pretty much established by Scott Joplin and others in the ragtime era. Whilst the realisation plays back at 66 half note or minim beats to the minute the movement can and is often played much faster. In the video score some of the score detail has been hidden because graphics behave inconsistently in this format. The conventions used in the notation of swing music are confusing but it is communicating the swing style element that is important. The triplet pattern is the key rhythmic element. Novelty pieces were generally composed in American March form. Where novelty pianists and composers are particularly inventive is in their choices of rhythmic shapes and the clarity in the harmonic journey and direction of their music. John Stepan Zamecnik had a successful career as a composer of music for film or more accurately silent films commonly referred to as photoplay music. As a composer he frequently used pseudonms, Whilst American by birth he studied music in Prague with Dvorak in the mid 1890's. Much of his working life was spent in the city of Cleveland. Close

Scale of E Dorian Mode | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of E Dorian mode presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing t Read More...

The scale of E Dorian mode presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. When learning the scale get the sound in your head by singing it. The promise as such of the modal scales is that they introduce listeners and players to many other cultural aspects of music. Playing modal scales offer a different sound and challenge to the musical ear and an and helps develop and broaden listening skill. mp3 play-a-long tracks can be easily accessed and played back on a mobile phone from the website to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) in 12 bpm steps (60, 72, 84, 96, 108, 120, 132 & 144bpm). The mp3 on the audition free download plays back at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. Remember that PlentyMusic scale drills are presented in a metrical context. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering Remember that In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Thumb under & third & fourth finger over preparation is a crucial aspect of keyboard technique that needs to be practiced. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. There will be other challenges to scale practice in the future. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Close

Nola arr. marimba & guitar

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for marimba & guitar. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music a Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for marimba & guitar. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character it is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. This is the perfect “party piece.” Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic of 1919. Individual marimba parts are appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Accompaniments are in place allowing the marimbaplayers to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines with a guitar . The guitar accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The guitar accompaniment is much more playable and not nearly as difficult as the solo marimba. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. Swing playing identifies more with the 1920’s so this is music that can be viewed as being ahead of its time. The playing style of the bass and chords is derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in the choices of formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three year scores and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because 1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are several dance patterns referenced in the music. Close

Nola arr. two marimbas

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for two marimbas The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idi Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for two marimbas The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character it is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. This is the perfect “party piece.” #sheetmusic & accompaniments link: coming soon Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic of 1919. Individual marimba parts are appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Marimba accompaniments are in place allowing marimba 1 players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The lowest sounding note is A2 in the marimba 2 part. The marimba 2 accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The accompaniment (marimba 2) is much more playable and not nearly as difficult as the solo (marimba 1). The music editor has limited each player to one beater in each hand so only two sounds can be sounded by each of the players at any one time in this arrangement. If marimba players require more of a challenge please advise the PlentyMusic Office with a specification. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. Swing playing identifies more with the 1920’s so this is music that can be viewed as being ahead of its time. The playing style of the bass and chords is derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in the choices of formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three year scores and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because 1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are several dance patterns referenced in the music. Close

Summer Rain

Summer Rain by Carroll Gibbons, is an advanced level novelty piano solo, composed in 1937. The realisation plays back at 84 half note or minim beats Read More...

Summer Rain by Carroll Gibbons, is an advanced level novelty piano solo, composed in 1937. The realisation plays back at 84 half note or minim beats in the swing triplet sections and 64 half note or minim beats in all the straight slower section. Swing playing involves playing the eighth notes or quavers in a triplet pattern or context. The swing aspect to the piano playing means that the music has to be approached with a lightness in the hands and arms. In novelty piano music the full range of the 88 note piano keyboard is often explored. The music editor suggests learning this piece in sections subsequently playing whole phrases and sections. The tempo instruction is essentially “play the music as fast as you dare.” The left hand stretches from bar 10 need to be managed by rolling the hand left to right so that the notes sound using a technique borrowed from the contemporary stride piano era. At bar 20 the music editor suggests that the reverse process is in place in that the rolling effect this time is from right to left. Appreciate that the notation of music in all its idioms and styles is sometimes challenging and ambiguous to understand. The 8 bar introduction is played in a straight rhythm. The section from bar 9 to bar 68 is played in a swing style meaning that the music needs to be played with a triplet feel. This is followed by a 4 bar link in straight rhythm preceding a slower section from bar 73 to bar 104 also played without a swing feel. The final section from bar 104 to 144 is again in a swing style returning to the idiom and style of bars 6-65. In context this final section is best considered as a play out quite relevant in the broadcasting of music at the time. The sections played in a swing style need to be approached with a lightness in the hands and stretches need to be managed and practiced. The writing is pianistic meaning that the chord choices and voicing are playable. The chromatic element is also strong. Take note of the tempo changes and dynamic markings because they certainly assist in making a performance manageable. The use of the sustaining pedal is essential when performing this style of music composed at a time when there were many fine piano manufacturers were in business in the UK. The music editor has not been able to source as many recordings of this novelty piece as he anticipated in the preparation of the score. Additionally there is the suggestion that the notated copy of Summer Rain is very much a musical sketch. Interpret some or all of the “sketch” as you wish. Novelty pianists in the 1920 and 1930’s were generally well trained musicians who decided on a career choice to play, arrange and compose music in the many popular music idioms and styles that emerged in the 1920’s and 30’s. Broadcast opportunities, the recording and film industries also provided additional incentives and motivation. Playing through the repertoire of this great period of song writing 1920- 1940’s enabled GIbbons and other contemporary pianists to acquire a unique knowledge of chords and harmonic options and choices available when it came to composing their own music. Carroll Gibbons was a most gifted pianist although other novelty pianists and composers have left more extensive legacies of notated and published music. Carroll Gibbons was an exceptional music performer and he left a rich recording legacy although sadly only a few instrumental pieces were published for piano. The strength of Gibbon’s writing is in the inventiveness of both the rhythmic and melodic elements combined with a nuanced choice of chords. The fully voiced chord choices in the piano writing more than suggest his background as a band leader. His piano touch and technique were unique – he was a quite exceptional musical leader and performer. Carroll Gibbons, although born in America, became a London based pianist and band leader working at the Savoy Hotel and leading the Savoy Opheans. He worked for HMV as Director of Light Music and recorded extensively with a small combo group known as Carroll Gibbons and his Boyfriends. The recording legacy of popular songs of the day features singers Anne Lenner and Hildegarde. He was a wonderful pianist and there are a few clips of his playing can be seen on YouTube. Close

Nola arr. piano duet

Nola by Felix Arndt in an arrangement for piano duet by John Zamecnik. Nola is frequently referred to as the first novelty piano piece, a musical idio Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt in an arrangement for piano duet by John Zamecnik. Nola is frequently referred to as the first novelty piano piece, a musical idiom emerging from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. Piano accompaniments are in place allowing duo players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks The primo part is on one side of the stereo channel and the secondo part on the other. John Zamecnik was a gifted Ameican composer, conductor and arranger of Czech extraction who studied at the Prague Conservatory of Music with Dvorak,. He is mainly known for his silent movie scores often composed using pseudonyms and published by Samuel Fox. He lived in Cleveland. The 2/2 time signature indicates that Nola needs to be played with a sense of two beats in the bar Both referencing and understanding the swing style this music needs to played with a clrear understanding meaning that the triplet figuration prevails. Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who tragically died during the Spanish Flu epidemic in 1919. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. Some of the score detail, particularly phrase markings have been hidden in the #sheetmusic video score simply because the associated graphics behave inconsistently in this format. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Tension in the fingers, hands and arms is something to be avoided and this can be partly achieved by keeping a lightness in the hands and arms and secure fingering. Fingers need to be close to the keys. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. The left hand playing style of the bass and chords owes its origins to the ragtime era. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The composer does not make use of repeat signs. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three score years and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because 1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are also several dance step references in the music The triplet swing pattern additionally imbues this music. Close

Moonbeams Dance

Moonbeams Dance by Carroll Gibbons needs to be played in a swing style meaning that a triplet feel needs to be communicated in performances of the mus Read More...

Moonbeams Dance by Carroll Gibbons needs to be played in a swing style meaning that a triplet feel needs to be communicated in performances of the music. Novelty piano succeeded the ragtime era of the early 20th century. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 110 bpm. Much novelty music was written for the piano and many of the pianists were simply wizards in terms of their skill at playing the instrument. That said there is a strong repetitive element in the musical style which enable challenges to be managed. There are many technical challenges to manage when playing this movement and they can be mastered if each is identified and practiced methodically whilst retaining a lightness in the hands. The music editor deliberately avoids putting more than one articulation marking on a note. The rôle of the left hand is to essentially play the bass and accompanying chords. The left hand stretches often involve leaps of a tenth and more and in this respect there is a connection with stride piano which is a related style also emerging from ragtime piano. Novelty piano music tends to be played at a fast tempo. The 110 quarter note beats to the minute tempo in the sheet music video score is, the music editor suggests, a rather cautious tempo. Carroll Gibbons was a American pianist, composer and band leader largely remembered for his recordings and performances in London during the 1930’s & 1940’s. A wonderful piano player there are a few video clips available on YouTube that can be viewed to observe the great facility and technique that he possessed. The music combines bass & chord with an inventive and energetic melody line. The musical ideas and figuration that feature in Moonbeams Dance are understandably pianistic and fourths are a strong feature in the repeating A section. The phrase structure generally refences the characteristic 8 bar patterns typical of music from the dance band era with which Carroll Gibbons was closely associated. A knowledge of chords and how they are described is a requirement playing this and many other popular music styles. The chromatic element is also quite strong. The sectional form of the movement can be summarised as follows: Intro A B A C D A Coda Close

Nola arr. clarinet in A & piano

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for clarinet in A & piano in the original key of D . The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for clarinet in A & piano in the original key of D . The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic in 1919. A clarinet in A is appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Piano accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 60, 62, 64 & 66 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. Some of the score detail have been hidden in the #sheetmusic video score simply because the associated graphics behave inconsistently in this format. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. The playing style of the bass and chords is a derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The composer does not make use of repeat signs. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three year scores and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are several dance pattern steps also referenced in the music The triplet swing pattern imbues this music. Close

Nola arr guitar duo + TAB

Nola by Felix Arndt arr. guitar duo + TAB. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arr. guitar duo + TAB. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged during the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. This is the perfect “party piece.” Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic of 1919. Guitar parts are appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Guitar accompaniments are in place allowing guitars to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The guitar accompaniment is quite playable and not nearly as difficult as the solo. Classical, steel and electric guitar are all appropriate although an acoustic sound has been used in the accompaniments. A TAB score is also available in this guitar duo version. Appreciate that there are some octave transpositions in the parts required to keep to the range of the instrument. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. The TAB score does have its limitations in that it is just a rather literal interpretation of the parts. There are probably better options for guitar players. In the TAB part the triplet numbers have been hidden to avoid confusion. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. Swing playing identifies more with the 1920’s so this is definitely music ahead of its time. The playing style of the bass and chords is derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three year scores and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are several dance move references in the music The triplet swing pattern imbues this music. Close

Nola arr.guitar duo

Nola by Felix Arndt arr. guitar duo. The composition dates from 1915 and is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that e Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arr. guitar duo. The composition dates from 1915 and is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character it is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. This is the perfect “party piece.” Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic of 1919. Guitar parts are appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Guitar accompaniments are in place allowing guitars to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The guitar accompaniment is quite playable and not nearly as difficult as the Guitar 1 solo. Classical, steel and electric guitar are all appropriate although an acoustic sound has been used in the #PlentyMusic recordings. Appreciate that there are some octave transpositions in the parts required to keep to the range of the instrument. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. Swing playing identifies more with the 1920’s so this is music that can be viewed as being ahead of its time. The playing style of the bass and chords is derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in the choices of formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three year scores and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because 1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are several dance patterns referenced in the music. Close

Nola arr. flute & guitar

Nola by Felix Arndt arr. flute & guitar. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom th Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arr. flute & guitar. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged during the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. This is the perfect “party piece.” Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic of 1919. Flute & guitar parts are appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Guitar accompaniments are in place allowing flautists to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The guitar accompaniment is quite playable and not nearly as difficult as the flute solo. Classical, steel and electric guitar are all appropriate although an acoustic sound has been used in the accompaniments. A TAB score is available on the guitar duo version. Appreciate that there are some octave transpositions in the flute part simply to keep within the instrument’s range. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. Swing playing identifies more with the 1920’s so this is definitely music ahead of its time. The playing style of the bass and chords is derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three year scores and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are several dance move references in the music The triplet swing pattern imbues this music. PlentyMusic pdf sheet music scores and mp3 accompaniments can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. Improve music practice routines with PlentyMusic accompaniments and technical drills. Beginner, improver, intermediate and advanced level sheet music scores are available for many different musical instrument combinations. Music scores are written and presented in staff notation. Free scores are also available as pdf sheet music downloads. A wide range of different musical performing styles are represented on the PlentyMusic website from early times through to classical and popular. Explore PlentyMusic a new and innovative sheet music publisher. #Nola by Felix #Arndt arr. flute & guitar by Stephen Royle The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged during the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. This is the perfect “party piece.” #sheetmusic & accompaniments link: coming soon Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic of 1919. Flute & guitar parts are appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Guitar accompaniments are in place allowing flautists to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The guitar accompaniment is quite playable and not nearly as difficult as the flute solo. Classical, steel and electric guitar are all appropriate although an acoustic sound has been used in the accompaniments. A TAB score is available on the guitar duo version. Appreciate that there are some octave transpositions in the flute part simply to keep within the instrument’s range. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. Swing playing identifies more with the 1920’s so this is definitely music ahead of its time. The playing style of the bass and chords is derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three year scores and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are several dance move references in the music The triplet swing pattern imbues this music. Close

Nola arr. flute & piano

Nola by Felix Arndt arr. flute & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom tha Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arr. flute & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged during the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. This is the perfect “party piece.” Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic in 1919. A flute part is appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Piano accompaniments are in place allowing flautists to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The piano accompaniment is quite playable and not nearly as difficult as the flute solo. Appreciate that there are some octave transpositions in the flute part simply to keep within the instrument’s range. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. Swing playing identifies more with the 1920’s so this is definitely music ahead of its time. The playing style of the bass and chords is derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three year scores and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because 1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are several dance move references in the music The triplet swing pattern imbues this music. Close

Nola arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for soprano saxophone & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelt Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for soprano saxophone & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic in 1919. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Piano accompaniments are in place allowing saxophone players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The piano accompaniment is quite playable and not nearly as difficult as the clarinet solo. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. There are a number of octave transpositions in the solo saxophone part to keep within the instruments range. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. The playing style of the bass and chords is derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The composer does not make use of repeat signs. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. Nola by Felix Arndt dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first novelty piano piece, a musical idiom emerging from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. Close

Nola arr. clarinet in B flat & piano

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for clarinet in Bb & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece ofnovelty mu Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for clarinet in Bb & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece ofnovelty music an idiom that emerged from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic in 1919. A clarinet in B flat is appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Piano accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The piano accompaniment is quite playable and not nearly as difficult as the clarinet solo. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. The playing style of the bass and chords is a derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The composer does not make use of repeat signs. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. Close

Nola

Nola by Felix Arndt dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first novelty piano piece, a musical idiom emerging from the #ragtime era. Li Read More...

Nola by Felix Arndt dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first novelty piano piece, a musical idiom emerging from the #ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. Nola needs to be played in a swing style simply meaning that the triplet figuration prevails. Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic in 1919. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. Some of the score detail, particularly phrase markings have been hidden in the sheetmusic video score simply because the associated graphics behave inconsistently in this format. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Tension in the fingers, hands and arms is something to be avoided and this can be partly achieved by keeping a lightness in the hands and arms and secure fingering. Fingers need to be close to the keys. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. The left hand playing style of the bass and chords owes its origins to the ragtime era. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The composer does not make use of repeat signs. The key plan can be summarised as D – D minor – D – G - D Novelty piano music has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. Close

Invention 2 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo

Improve music practice routines playing J.S. Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 sounding in the key of C minor in an arrangement for soprano & tenor saxopho Read More...

Improve music practice routines playing J.S. Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 sounding in the key of C minor in an arrangement for soprano & tenor saxophone duo. The Bach Inventions as duos offer excellent practice & performance opportunities This is a melodic two part invention with ornaments in place that needs to be played with both feeling and sensitivity. The full score appropriately transposed has appended soprano & tenor saxophone parts. The realisation plays back at 52 bpm The pdf sheet music download and play-a-long mp3 accompaniments are available to download from PlentyMusic. Playing the Bach Inventions as part of a duo encourages good intonation, that is, playing in tune, in duet playing. Legato playing is required when performing this invention in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. There are some octave transposition in the tenor saxophone needed to keep to the instrument’s range. Bach composed much music as a teacher with the performing and teaching context often relating to his own children. Four of his sons became important composers relevant in music history because they link the baroque era with the classical. The inventions offer excellent opportunities to instrumentalists to improve their ensemble playing skill set and develop an understanding of baroque compositional processes. The inventions are uncompromising in the demands they place on performers requiring accuracy technique and concentrated listening. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound in the realisation or accompaniments. Those wishing to know how the ornaments are played should refer to the piano video score on the YouTube channel. In this the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. Accompaniments are in place allowing saxophonists to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The soprano saxophone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the tenor saxophone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Accompaniments are available with and without ornaments in place. Understand that ornaments can be interpreted differently and that performance practice is both an evolving and often reviewed subject. The music editor avoids ornaments ocurring in different voices at the same time. How ornaments are played at cadences in particular is a fascinating subject in the baroque era. Frequently players embrace an element of improvisation in their playing. The best advice is to listen to the performances and learn to discriminate as a performer between good practice and bad practice. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Levels when they are played on different instruments may be different. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system established in Bach’s own time. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution and other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 2 arr. violin & cello

Improve music practice routines playing J.S. Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 arr. violin & cello duo in the key of C minor. The Bach Inventions performe Read More...

Improve music practice routines playing J.S. Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 arr. violin & cello duo in the key of C minor. The Bach Inventions performed as duos offer excellent practice & performance opportunities. The realisation video plays back at 50bpm. This is a melodic two part invention with ornaments in place that needs to be played with feeling and sensitivity. pdf sheet music download and play-a-long mp3 accompaniments are available to download from PlentyMusic. Playing the Bach Inventions as part of a duo encourages good intonation, that is, playing in tune, in duet playing. Legato playing is required when performing this invention in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. This is music that requires both method and determination in the way that it is approached. Bach composed much music as a teacher with the performing and teaching context often relating to his own children. Four of his sons became important composers relevant in music history because they link the baroque era with the classical. The inventions offer excellent opportunities to instrumentalists to improve their ensemble playing skill set and develop an understanding of baroque compositional processes. The inventions are uncompromising in the demands they place on performers requiring accuracy technique and concentrated listening. Playing the relevant C minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are both indicated and sound in the realisation. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the cello on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60 & 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. They are available with and without ornaments in place In the keyboard video score, which string players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation representing exactly what is being played. Understand that ornaments can be interpreted differently and that performance practice is both evolving and often reviewed. How ornaments are played at cadences in particular is a fascinating subject in the baroque era. The combination of structure improvisation The best advice is to listen to the performances and learn to discriminate as a performer between good practice and that which is plainly inappropriate and bluntly bad practice. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system established in Bach’s own time. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution and other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 2 arr. oboe & bassoon

Improve music practice routines playing Invention 2 BWV 773 in an arrangement for oboe & bassoon sounding in the original key of C minor The Bach Inve Read More...

Improve music practice routines playing Invention 2 BWV 773 in an arrangement for oboe & bassoon sounding in the original key of C minor The Bach Inventions played as duets offer excellent music practice and performance opportunities. This is a reflective contemplative melodic two part invention with ornaments in place that needs to be played with feeling and sensitivity. Oboe and bassoon parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. The sheet music video plays back at 52 bpm The pdf sheet music download and play-a-long mp3 accompaniments are available to download from PlentyMusic. Playing the Bach Inventions as part of a duo encourages good intonation, that is, playing in tune, in duet playing. Legato playing is required when performing this invention in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. This is music that requires both method and determination in the way that it is approached. Bach composed much music as a teacher with the performing and teaching context often relating to his own children. Four of his sons became important composers relevant in music history because they link the baroque era with the classical. The inventions offer excellent opportunities to instrumentalists to improve their ensemble playing skill set and develop an understanding of baroque compositional processes. The inventions are uncompromising in the demands they place on performers requiring accuracy technique and concentrated listening. In the sheet music score the ornaments are both indicated and sound in the realisation. The music editor has avoided placing ornaments in the two parts at the same time. Accompaniments are in place allowing double reed oboe & bassoon players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The oboe sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bassoon on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Accompaniments are available with and without ornaments in place. In the keyboard video score, which oboe & bassoon may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation representing exactly what is being played. Understand that ornaments can be interpreted differently and that performance practice is both an evolving and often reviewed subject. How ornaments are played at cadences in particular is a fascinating subject in the baroque era. Improvised and often complex cadential phrases are an aspect of performance that feature in performances. The best advice is to listen to the performances and learn to discriminate as a performer between good practice and not so good practice. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Levels when they are played on different instruments may be different. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system established in Bach’s own time. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution and other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 2 arr. French horn (horns in F) duo

Improve music practice routines playing Invention 2 BWV 773 arranged for French horn duo & sounding in the original key of C minor. The Bach Invention Read More...

Improve music practice routines playing Invention 2 BWV 773 arranged for French horn duo & sounding in the original key of C minor. The Bach Inventions as duos offer excellent music practice and performance opportunities. This is a melodic and quite contemplative two part invention and whilst ornaments are indicated in the score they do not sound in the realisation. A movement that needs to be played with feeling and sensitivity. The full score appropriately transposed has individual horn parts appended to the full score. The French horn 1 part is an octave lower than in the original piano version. The realisation plays back at 52 bpm The pdf sheet music download and play-a-long mp3 accompaniments are available to download from PlentyMusic. Playing the Bach Inventions as part of a duo encourages good intonation, that is, playing in tune, in duet playing. Legato playing is required when performing this invention in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. This is music that requires both method and determination in the way that it is approached. There are some octave transpositions in the second horn part in the closing section to keep to the instrument’s range. Bach composed much music as a teacher with the performing and teaching context often relating to his own children. Four of his sons became important composers relevant in music history because they link the baroque era with the classical. The inventions offer excellent opportunities to instrumentalists to improve their ensemble playing skill set and develop an understanding of baroque compositional processes. The inventions are uncompromising in the demands they place on performers requiring accuracy technique and concentrated listening. Accompaniments are in place allowing French horn players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. French horn 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the French horn 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Accompaniments are available with and without ornaments in place. In the keyboard video score, which clarinettists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation representing exactly what is being played. Understand that ornaments can be interpreted differently and that performance practice is both an evolving and often reviewed subject. The music editor has avoided ornaments sounding in different voices at the same time. How ornaments are played at cadences in particular is a fascinating subject in the baroque era. Improvised and often complex cadential phrases are an aspect of performance that feature in performances. The best advice is to listen to the performances and learn to discriminate as a performer between good practice and not so good practice. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Levels when they are played on different instruments may be different. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system established in Bach’s own time. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution and other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 2 arr. clarinet in B flat duo

J. S. Bach’s Invention No. 2 BWV 773 arr. clarinet duo and sounding in the key of C minor offers excellent music practice and performance opportuni Read More...

J. S. Bach’s Invention No. 2 BWV 773 arr. clarinet duo and sounding in the key of C minor offers excellent music practice and performance opportunities. A melodic two part invention with ornaments in place that needs to be played with feeling and sensitivity. The full score appropriately transposed has appended individual clarinet parts. The realisation plays back at 52 bpm Pdf sheet music and play-a-long mp3 accompaniments are available to download. Playing the Bach Inventions as part of a duo encourages good intonation, that is, playing in tune, in duet playing. Legato playing is required when performing this invention in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. This is music that requires both method and determination in the way that it is approached. There are some octave transpositions in the clarinet part in the closing section to keep to the instrument’s range. Bach composed much music as a teacher with the performing and teaching context often relating to his own children. Four of his sons became important composers relevant in music history because they link the baroque era with the classical. The inventions offer excellent opportunities to instrumentalists to improve their ensemble playing skill set and develop an understanding of baroque compositional processes. The inventions are uncompromising in the demands they place on performers requiring accuracy technique and concentrated listening. In the sheet music score the ornaments are both indicated and sound in the realisation. The music editor has avoided placing ornaments in the two parts at the same time. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinettists to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. Clarinet 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the clarinet 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Accompaniments are available with and without ornaments in place. In the keyboard video score, which clarinettists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation representing exactly what is being played. Understand that ornaments can be interpreted differently and that performance practice is both an evolving and often reviewed subject. How ornaments are played at cadences in particular is a fascinating subject in the baroque era. Improvised and often complex cadential phrases are an aspect of performance that feature in performances. The best advice is to listen to the performances and learn to discriminate as a performer between good practice and bad practice. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Levels when they are played on different instruments may be different. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system established in Bach’s own time. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution and other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Scale of F melodic minor | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of F melodic minor presented as a practice drill where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level s Read More...

The scale of F melodic minor presented as a practice drill where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. Download the mp3’s to a mobile phone or tablet to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale in this drill is played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: right hand two octaves | left hand two octaves | right and left hands together two octaves similar motion | right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion. Do keep to the specified fingering. In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level. Check this although if you are in a standing position when practising or warming up it maybe be more relevant to adjust the keyboard level. At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve much repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional future challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. Under/over thumb & finger preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in future video posts. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required Look out for the PlentyMusic videos in the future with practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do constantly have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other music performance contexts fingers need to be both relaxed and close to the keys Do understand the rôle playing aspect of playing a keyboard instrument | the weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flowing out through the finger tips. As a mental exercise this is a challenge. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Don’t get stuck in the mud (too much unnecessary repeated practice) is the best advice. Close

Scale of F harmonic minor | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of F harmonic minor presented as a practice drill where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level Read More...

The scale of F harmonic minor presented as a practice drill where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. Download the mp3’s to a mobile phone to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale in this drill is played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: right hand two octaves | left hand two octaves | right and left hands together two octaves similar motion | right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level. Check this although if you are in a standing position when practising or warming up it maybe be more relevant to adjust the keyboard level. At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve much repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional future challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. Under/over thumb & finger preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in future video posts. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required Look out for the PlentyMusic videos in the future with practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do constantly have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other music performance contexts fingers need to be both relaxed and close to the keys Do understand the rôle playing aspect of playing a keyboard instrument | the weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flowing out through the finger tips. As a mental exercise this is a challenge. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Don’t get stuck in the mud (too much unnecessary repeated practice) is the best advice. Close

Scale of C melodic minor | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of C melodic minor presented as a practice drill where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level s Read More...

The scale of C melodic minor presented as a practice drill where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. Download the mp3’s to a mobile phone to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale in this drill is played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: right hand two octaves | left hand two octaves | right and left hands together two octaves similar motion | right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion . Do keep to the specified fingering. In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level. Check this although if you are in a standing position when practising or warming up it maybe be more relevant to adjust the keyboard level. At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve much repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional future challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. Under/over thumb & finger preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in future video posts. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required Look out for the PlentyMusic videos in the future with practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do constantly have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other music performance contexts fingers need to be both relaxed and close to the keys Do understand the rôle playing aspect of playing a keyboard instrument | the weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flowing out through the finger tips. As a mental exercise this is a challenge. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Don’t get stuck in the mud (too much unnecessary repeated practice) is the best advice. Close

Scale of C harmonic minor | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of C harmonic minor presented as a practice drill where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level Read More...

The scale of C harmonic minor presented as a practice drill where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. Download the mp3’s to a mobile phone to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale in this drill is played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: right hand two octaves | left hand two octaves | right and left hands together two octaves similar motion | right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level. Check this although if you are in a standing position when practising or warming up it maybe be more relevant to adjust the keyboard level. At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve much repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional future challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. Under/over thumb & finger preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in future video posts. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required Look out for the PlentyMusic videos in the future with practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do constantly have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other music performance contexts fingers need to be both relaxed and close to the keys Do understand the rôle playing aspect of playing a keyboard instrument | the weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flowing out through the finger tips. As a mental exercise this is a challenge. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Don’t get stuck in the mud (too much unnecessary repeated practice) is the best advice. Close

Invention 9 arr. electric guitar & bass guitar duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged electric guitar & bass guitar duo in its original key of F minor. A challenging invention to play particula Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged electric guitar & bass guitar duo in its original key of F minor. A challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading point of view. The #sheetmusic video plays back at 58 bpm and the music is presented in both staff notation & TAB. The arrangement is based on the original piano score. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which guitar players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The full score is presented in staff notation and the parts with the option of staff notation and TAB. Bass guitar players may well want to experiment with the octave choices in the higher sounding sections bars 5-7 and elsewhere in the movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing guitarists to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The electric guitar sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bass guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. arr. classical guitar duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for classical guitar duo in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for classical guitar duo in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. The arrangement is based on the original piano score with some necessary octave transpositions in place in the guitar 2 part. Guitarists have the option of reading either from a staff notation or TAB score attached to the full score A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which guitarists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing classical guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Classical guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the classical guitar 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. trumpet in B flat & trombone

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of vi Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. This is an excellent movement to encourage good intonation in duet playing. There are some octave transpositions in the trombone part. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Playing the F minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form slowly would be excellent preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. Both the bass and tenor clefs have been used in the notation of the score. The realisation plays back at 54 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet in Bb sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60 & 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which trombonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution & other processes are evident in Bach’s Inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. alto & baritone saxophone duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor but notated in the key of D minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note re Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor but notated in the key of D minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. The octave range between the parts has been maintained wherever possible but some compromises have been made with octave transpositions in the baritone saxophone part. This is an excellent movement to encourage good intonation, that is playing in tune, in duet playing. An alternative option avoiding the low A is provided for the baritone part in the ossia stave bars 30 – 31. Do feedback to PlentyMusic your opinions on our arrangements and possible improvements that can be made. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Playing the relevant transposed scale in both its melodic and harmonic forms would be the best preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The alto saxophone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the baritone saxophone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which saxophonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. arr. cello duo

J. S. Bach’s Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for cello duo in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading Read More...

J. S. Bach’s Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for cello duo in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make reading errors. The arrangement is based on the original piano score and presents quite challenging intonation (tuning) issues when played as a duet. The cello 1 part sounds an octave lower than in the piano score and is notated in the tenor clef. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which string players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the viola on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. trombone & tuba duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of vi Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. #sheetmusic & accompaniments link: The trombone 1 sounds an octave lower than in the original piano version whilst the tuba part is an octave lower than in the original keyboard version. This is an excellent movement to encourage good intonation (playing in tune) in duet playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo movement. Playing the F minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form slowly would be good preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. Both the bass and tenor clefs have been used in the notation of the trombone part. The #sheetmusic video plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing the brass players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trombone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the tuba on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, & 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which trombonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. trombone duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of vi Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. Trombone 1 sounds an octave lower than in the original piano version and there are some octave transpositions in the trombone 2 part. This is an excellent movement to encourage good intonation in duet playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Playing the F minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form will be good preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. Both the bass and tenor clefs have been used in the notation of the score. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Trombone 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and trombone 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which trombonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. French horn duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for 2 horns in F familiarly referred to as French horns though the instrument’s origins are in Germany. The Invention s Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for 2 horns in F familiarly referred to as French horns though the instrument’s origins are in Germany. The Invention sounds in the key of F minor although accidentals are in place in the notation, not key signatures, as is the convention when arranging music for this instrument. It is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. There are some octave transpositions in the two voices although this remains an excellent movement to encourage good intonation (playing in tune) in duet playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Playing the F minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form would be good preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing horn players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. French horn 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and French horn 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60 & 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which trombonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. oboe & bassoon duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 arr. oboe & bassoon sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading point of Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 arr. oboe & bassoon sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. Listen to performances of the music so that the melodic and shapes are familiar. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing double reed players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The oboe sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bassoon on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which oboe players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. In addition, that he was not sadly. They are excellent pieces for ensemble playing. Close

Invention 9 arr. clarinet in B Flat & bass clarinet duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor, with the score and parts transposed to the key of G minor, is a challenging invention to play part Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor, with the score and parts transposed to the key of G minor, is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. Listen to performances of the music so that the melodic and shapes are familiar. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The clarinet in Bb sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bass clarinet in Bb 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which clarinettists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. In addition, that he was not sadly. They are excellent pieces for ensemble playing. Close

Invention 9 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of vi Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. The octave range between the parts has been maintained wherever possible but some compromises have been made with octave displacements in the tenor saxophone part. This is an excellent movement to encourage good intonation in duet playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Playing the G minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form will be good preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The soprano saxophone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the tenor saxophone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which saxophonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. flute & clarinet in B Flat duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. There are some octave range transpositions in the clarinet part. An excellent movement to encourage good intonation (tuning) and the voice leading / leading note in their playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Good preparation for playing this movement would be to play the Fminor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing flute and clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The flute sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the clarinet in Bb on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which flute players in this instance might want to reference on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. In addition, that he was not sadly. They are excellent pieces for ensemble playing. Close

Invention 9 arr. arr. violin & viola duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for violin & viola in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for violin & viola in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make reading errors. The arrangement is based on the original piano score and presents quite challenging intonation (tuning) issues. That said an excellent test piece for those who have a good musical ear and need to clarify their understanding of the term voice leading / leading note in their playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which string players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the viola on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. arr. violin & cello duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for violin & cello in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for violin & cello in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. The arrangement is based on the original piano score and presents quite challenging intonation (tuning) issues. That said an excellent test piece for those who have a good musical ear and need to clarify their understanding of the term voice leading / leading note in their playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which string players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the cello on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. flute duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. The octave range or more is not so much in evidence in place in this arrangement presenting quite challenging intonation (tuning) issues. That said an excellent test piece for those who have a good musical ear and need to clarify their understanding of the term voice leading / leading note in their playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which clarinettists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The #sheetmusic video plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing flute players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Flute 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and flute 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. clarinet in B Flat duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There Read More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is, if you believe the music editor, so easy to make music reading errors. The octave range or more is not in place in this arrangement presenting quite challenging intonation (tuning) issues. That said an excellent test piece for those who have a good musical ear and need to clarify their understanding of the term voice leading / leading note in their playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The clarinet in Bb 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the clarinet in Bb 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which clarinettists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. In addition, that he was not sadly. They are excellent pieces for ensemble playing. Close

Invention 10 arr. oboe duet

J. S. Bach’s Invention 10 BWV781 in an arrangement for two oboes in the original key of G. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotche Read More...

J. S. Bach’s Invention 10 BWV781 in an arrangement for two oboes in the original key of G. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe 2 part. Whilst score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness in the playing which can be challenging because of the tension it creates. The music editor’s view is that a combination of articulations should feature in a performance with eighth or quaver notes played with a staccato touch and longer notes legato. Certainly a lightness in the playing needs to prevail. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some consideration, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing oboe players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Oboe 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and oboe 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96, 100 and 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. electric guitar & bass guitar duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for electric & bass guitar duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical sha Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for electric & bass guitar duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes based on chords and consequently lends itself to chord playing instruments. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. Whilst score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Guitar players have the option of using either a notated or TAB score. As notes can be played in different positions on the electric and bass guitar fretboards players may well want to review the suggestions given in the PlentyMusic TAB scores. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing guitarists to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The electric guitar sounds on one side of the stereo channel and bass guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. mandolin & classical guitar duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for mandolin & classical guitar in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical sh Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for mandolin & classical guitar in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes based on chords and consequently lends itself to chord playing instruments. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. Whilst score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Both the mandolin and classical guitar players have the option from reading a notatated or TAB score. Other guitars can be substituted for the suggested classical guitar Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing mandolin & guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The mandolin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the classical guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Mandolin music often features tremolo playing and certainly in the long trills there is opportunity to explore this aspect mandolin technique. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. oboe & bassoon duo

J. S. Bach’s Invention 10 BWV781 in an arrangement for oboe & bassoon duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes bas Read More...

J. S. Bach’s Invention 10 BWV781 in an arrangement for oboe & bassoon duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes based on chords and consequently lends itself to chord playing instruments. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. Whilst score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness of touch and can be a challenging to play because of the tension it creates. The music editor’s view is that a combination of articulations should feature in a performance with eighth or quaver notes played with a staccato touch and longer notes legato. Certainly a lightness in the playing needs to prevail. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing oboe and bassoon players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The oboe sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bassoon on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 and 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. classical guitar duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for classical guitar duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes ba Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for classical guitar duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes based on chords and consequently lends itself to chord playing instruments. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. Whilst score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing guitarists to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Classical guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and classical guitar 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Contrasting guitar sounds have been used. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Scale of A major | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of A major presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Read More...

The scale of A major presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. The major scale has the following structure/ pattern Tone | Tone | Semitone | Tone | Tone | Tone | Semitone The pattern is repeated going both up and down the scale. Play the scale slowly in the first instance until the sound and shape are familiar. More improver scales and backing tracks are available on the PlentyMusic website. Download mp3’s to a mobile phone to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf #sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together one octave contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. Thumb under & third finger over preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in a video posts. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Why practice scales? Scale practice does help in improving technique and spatial awareness of the keyboard layout. Security in playing scales means that the fingers get used to being in the right place. Playing scales is good preparation for playing more difficult pieces Scales played on a piano or keyboard require that the fingers are all equal in strength and in this respect they are useful although there are other exercises helpful particularly thirds that are helpful it equalising finger strength from the keyboard playing point of view. If you play a keyboard standing up ensure that you at a comfortable level with the weight of the hands going downwards. Images of keyboard players playing with their hands above shoulder height is not great for encouraging good technique. Playing scales encourages the development of a secure and controlled technique in playing. Playing scales particularly when playing in contrary motion encourages independence of the hands. Playing scales is helpful in managing stretches and stresses in keyboard playing. Close

Invention 10 arr. violin & viola duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for violin & viola in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how t Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for violin & viola in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how the players decide to articulate the notes. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. A number of musical shapes based on chords feature strongly in this movement. Score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness of touch and can be a challenging to play because of the tension it created in the hands and wrist. The music editor’s view is that a combination of articulations should feature in a performance with eighth or quaver notes played with a staccato touch and longer notes legato. Certainly a lightness in the playing needs to prevail. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the viola on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. flute duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for flute in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how the players Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for flute in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how the players decide to articulate the notes. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. It is interesting to observe the approaches to playing this movement. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness of touch and can be a challenging to play because of the tension created. The music editor’s view is that a combination of articulations should feature in a performance with eighth or quaver notes played with a staccato touch and longer notes legato. Certainly a lightness in the playing needs to prevail. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The Inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing flautists players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Flute 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Flute 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Scale of G melodic minor | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of G melodic minor presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing Read More...

The scale of G melodic minor presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. The melodic minor scale is a challenge because the notes going up and down the scale are different. The structure of the scale going up is: tone | semitone | tone| tone | tone | tone |semitone and the structure going down is tone | tone | semitone | tone | tone | semitone | tone When learning the minor scale in whatever form the scale needs to be played slowly in the first instance until the sound and shape are familiar. Playing the harmonic minor scale is an easier option because the same notes are played going up and down the scale. More improver scales and backing tracks are available on the PlentyMusic website. Download mp3’s to a mobile phone to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm). The playback score on the free mp3 download is 84bpm. Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together one octave contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. Thumb under & third finger over preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in a video posts. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Close

Invention 11 arr. trombone & bass trombone

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. trombone & bass trombone duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is st Read More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. trombone & bass trombone duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and memorise. The sounding key is G minor which is the key for the original piano version. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale appropriately transposed in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. In this video score ornaments are not in place. The playback tempo in the arrangement for the trombone & bass trombone is 58 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Each clarinet sounds on one side of the stereo channel with the accompaniment tracks playing back at 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64 and 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 10 arr. violin & cello

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for violin & cello in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how th Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for violin & cello in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how the players decide to articulate the notes. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. It is interesting to observe the approaches to playing this movement. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness of touch and can be a challenging to play because of the tension created in the hands and wrist. The music editor’s view is that a combination of articulations should feature in a performance with eighth or quaver notes played with a staccato touch and longer notes legato. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols and sound in the playback as they should be played. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The Inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the Inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing violin & cello players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the cello on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. oboe & bassoon duo

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for oboe & bassoon duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is stro Read More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for oboe & bassoon duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and memorise. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale at sounding pitch in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. In this video score ornaments are not in place. In the original piano version of the inventions the use of treble and bass clef ensures an interval distance of usually more than an octave. In this arrangement the interval distances are the same. The playback score in the arrangement for oboe & bassoon has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement can be played at both slower and faster tempi. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing oboe & bassoon players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The oboe sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bassoon on the other whilst the accompaniment tracks play back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 11 arr. classical guitar duo

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for classical guitar duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is st Read More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for classical guitar duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to read and memorise. The pdf sheet music download has parts notated in both staff & TAB notation. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale appropriately in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. Ornaments are not in place in this arrangement. The full music score is presented in staff notation and the attached parts are in staff notation and TAB. The guitar is an instrument where the same note can be played on different strings so players may well wish to review the rather literal translation of the notes to TAB. The playback score in this arrangement for classical guitar duo has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing classical guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Classical guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and classical guitar 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to the composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. The inventions are quite uncompromising in their demands. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. flute & clarinet in Bb duo

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for flute & clarinet in Bb duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movemen Read More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for flute & clarinet in Bb duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and commit to memory. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale at sounding pitch in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. In this video score ornaments are not in place. In the original piano version of the inventions the use of treble and bass clef ensures an interval distance of usually more than an octave. In this arrangement the music editor has maintained this where it is appropriate but when necessary the clarinet in Bb part has some octave transpositions to keep to the range of the instrument. The playback score in the arrangement for the flute & clarinet in Bb duo has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing flute & clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The flute sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the clarinet on the other whilst the accompaniment tracks play back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is s Read More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and commit to memory. The sounding key is G minor which is the key for the original piano version. The full score and attached parts have been transposed. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale in both its forms at the sounding pitch. In this score ornaments are not in place. The playback score in the arrangement for soprano and tenor saxophones has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Each clarinet sounds on one side of the stereo channel with the accompaniment tracks playing back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Scale of G harmonic minor | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of G harmonic minor presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & # piano players can # play-a-long & accompany the available ba Read More...

The scale of G harmonic minor presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & # piano players can # play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. More improver scales and backing tracks are available on the PlentyMusic website and Download mp3’s to a mobile phone to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf #sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together one octave contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. Thumb under & third finger over preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in a video post later in the year. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Close

Invention 11 arr. electric guitar & bass guitar

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for electric guitar and bass guitar is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the mov Read More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for electric guitar and bass guitar is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to read and commit to memory. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale appropriately transposed in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. The original keyboard version of the 15 Bach Inventions are in 15 different keys and provide excellent examples to familiarisers players with the key system. Ornaments are not in place in this arrangement. The full music score is presented in staff notation and the attached parts are in staff notation and TAB. The guitar is an instrument where the same note can be played on different strings so players may well wish to review the rather literal translation of the notes to TAB. The playback score in the arrangement for the electric guitar and bass guitar has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing electric guitar and bass guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The electric guitar sounds on one side of the stereo channel with the bass guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. clarinet in Bb duo

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for clarinet in Bb duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is str Read More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for clarinet in Bb duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and remember. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale appropriately transposed in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. The movements sounds in the original key of G minor whilst the sheet music parts are appropriately transposed. In this version ornaments do not sound in the realisation or playback score although they are indicated in the sheet music score. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. In the original piano version of the inventions the use of treble and bass clef ensures an interval distance of usually in excess of an octave. In this arrangement the music editor has maintained this where it is appropriate but when necessary the clarinet 2 part has some octave transpositions to keep to the range of the instrument. The playback score in the arrangement for the clarinet in Bb duo has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Clarinet 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Clarinet 2 on the other. Accompaniment tracks play back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of staff notation. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. violin & cello

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 is a work exploring the scale of G minor. The chromatic element is strong and the resulting accidentals make this Read More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 is a work exploring the scale of G minor. The chromatic element is strong and the resulting accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and store in the musical mind. The best advice is to play the G minor scale in both forms slowly until the sounds of each is familiar. The playback score in the arrangement for violin and cello has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. It is a movement that can be played both at slower and faster tempos than those suggested. The Inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. The music editor has avoided ornaments occurring in both voices at the same time. Players may well do their own research as far as determining the ornaments to be played in a performance. The music editor’s suggestions are based on current performance practice. Ornaments are applied consistently although there is scope for players to make some additions particularly at important cadence points in movements where the option of more notes in the cadential trill can be explored. This is particularly the case in music played at relative slow tempi. In the video score the ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. This is a useful particularly for those interpreting ornaments for the first time. Note that there are two versions of the video score to view on YouTube. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the cello on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. One set of accompaniments has ornaments in place and the other doesn’t allowing players some flexibility. This invention provides an excellent opportunity for players to become familiar with the scale of G minor in both its harmonic and melodic minor forms. Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will also suggest a musical ear is present! Close

Scale of D Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of D presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Impro Read More...

The scale of D presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. The backing tracks are available on the PlentyMusic website. Access them on a mobile phone to improve your music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm). The example mp3 plays back at a tempo of 120bpm. Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together one octave contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. Thumb under & third finger over preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in a video post later in the year. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with some practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. There are other challenges coming soon as your playing progresses and improves. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Why practice scales? Scale practice does help in improving technique and spatial awareness of the keyboard layout. Security in playing scales means that the fingers get used to being in the right place. Playing scales is good preparation for playing more difficult pieces Scales played on a piano or keyboard require that the fingers are all equal in strength and in this respect they are useful although there are other exercises helpful particularly thirds that are helpful it equalising finger strength from the keyboard playing point of view. If you play a keyboard standing up ensure that you at a comfortable level with the weight of the hands going downwards. Images of keyboard players playing with their hands above shoulder height is not great for encouraging good technique. Playing scales encourages the development of a secure and controlled technique in playing. Playing scales particularly when playing in contrary motion encourages independence of the hands. Playing scales is helpful in managing stretches and stresses in keyboard playing. Close

Scale of E minor | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of E minor in its harmonic version presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the a Read More...

The scale of E minor in its harmonic version presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing Mp3 can be easily accessed and played back on a mobile phone from the website to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) in 12 bpm steps (60, 72, 84, 96, 108, 120, 132 & 144bpm). The mp3 on the audition free download plays back at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played.. Thumb under & third finger over preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in a video post later in the year. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with some practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. There are other challenges coming soon as your playing progresses and improves. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Why practice scales? Scale practice does help in improving technique and spatial awareness of the keyboard layout. Security in playing scales means that the fingers get used to being in the right place at the right time.. Playing scales is good preparation for playing more difficult pieces Scales played on a piano or keyboard require that the fingers are all equal in strength and in this respect they are useful although there are other exercises helpful particularly thirds that are helpful it equalising finger strength from the keyboard playing point of view. If you play a keyboard standing up ensure that you at a comfortable level with the weight of the hands going downwards. Images of keyboard players playing with their hands above shoulder height is not great for encouraging good technique. Playing scales encourages the development of a secure and controlled technique in playing. Playing scales particularly when playing in contrary motion encourages independence of the hands. Playing scales is helpful in managing stretches and stresses in keyboard playing. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. clarinet in B flat & bass clarinet

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. clarinet in Bb & bass clarinet sounding in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figurati Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. clarinet in Bb & bass clarinet sounding in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. Ornaments are omitted in this movement but make way for some exacting and rhythmic figuration. Players should have an understanding of the phrasing needed before playing. J.S. Bach’s music, is from the baroque era in music history and the convention is that there is minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This said the movement is probably best played with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The clarinet in Bb sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bass clarinet on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 58, 60 and 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are different approaches to playing this invention and instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. Close

Invention 14 arr. bassoon duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. bassoon sounding in the original key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substi Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. bassoon sounding in the original key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. Ornaments are omitted in this movement but make way for some exacting and rhythmic figuration. Players should have an understanding of the phrasing needed before playing. J. S. Bach’s, is from the baroque era in music history and the convention is that there is minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. That said the movement is probably best played with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. Parts appropriately transposed are attached to the full score. In this arrangement the bassoon 1 part has been transposed down an octave so that the two bassoons are essentially an octave closer than in the original piano version. Accompaniments are in place allowing bassoon players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Bassoon 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and bassoon 2 sounds on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are different approaches to playing this invention and instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. clarinet in Bb duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. clarinet in Bb sounding in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitu Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. clarinet in Bb sounding in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. Ornaments are omitted in this movement but make way for some exacting and rhythmic figuration. Players should have an understanding of the phrasing needed before playing. J. S. Bach’s, is from the baroque era in music history and the convention is that there is minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This said the movement is probably best played with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. Parts appropriately transposed are attached to the full score. In this arrangement the clarinet in Bb 2 part has been transposed up an octave so that the two clarinets are an octave closer than in the original version. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet in Bb players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Clarinet in Bb 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and clarinet in Bb 2 sounds on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are different approaches to playing this invention and instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for soprano and tenor saxophone duo sounding in the original key of F. An excellent movement to improve e Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for soprano and tenor saxophone duo sounding in the original key of F. An excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring saxophone players to listen to each other and be constantly aware of the eighth note or quaver pulse. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. In this arrangement the Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. There are a number of octave transpositions in the tenor saxophone 2 part enabling the part to be kept to the instruments range. Accompaniments are in place allowing alto saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The soprano saxophone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the tenor saxophone 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. tenor saxophone duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for tenor saxophone duo sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a mo Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for tenor saxophone duo sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. This is an excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring saxophone players to both listen to each other and to be constantly aware of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. As the tenor saxophone 2 has been transposed down an octave the two parts are much closer to each other in the octave sense. Indivual parts appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 50 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. There are a number of octave transpositions in the tenor saxophone 2 part enabling the part to be kept to the instruments range. Accompaniments are in place allowing tenor saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Tenor saxophone 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the tenor saxophone 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Scale of D minor | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of D minor in its harmonic version presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the a Read More...

The scale of D minor in its harmonic version presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing track. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. The playback tempo in the music example is 96bpm. Mp3 can be easily accessed on a mobile phone to improve your music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) in 12 bpm steps (60, 72, 84, 96, 108, 120, 132 & 144bpm) Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together two octaves contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played.. Thumb under & third finger over preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in a video post later in the year. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with some practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. There are other challenges coming soon as your playing progresses and improves. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Why practice scales? Scale practice does help in improving technique and spatial awareness of the keyboard layout. Security in playing scales means that the fingers get used to being in the right place at the right time.. Playing scales is good preparation for playing more difficult pieces Scales played on a piano or keyboard require that the fingers are all equal in strength and in this respect they are useful although there are other exercises helpful particularly thirds that are helpful it equalising finger strength from the keyboard playing point of view. If you play a keyboard standing up ensure that you at a comfortable level with the weight of the hands going downwards. Images of keyboard players playing with their hands above shoulder height is not great for encouraging good technique. Playing scales encourages the development of a secure and controlled technique in playing. Playing scales particularly when playing in contrary motion encourages independence of the hands. Playing scales is helpful in managing stretches and stresses in keyboard playing. Close

Scale of G | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of G presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing track. Improv Read More...

The scale of G presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing track. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. The backing tracks are available both on the PlentyMusic website and our YouTube channel. Access them on a mobile phone to improve your music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. An ideal performance context for this scale is Franz Schubert’s Children’s March D. XX arranged for piano duet A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together one octave contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. Thumb under & third finger over preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in a video post later in the year. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with some practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. There are other challenges coming soon as your playing progresses and improves. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Why practice scales? Scale practice does help in improving technique and spatial awareness of the keyboard layout. Security in playing scales means that the fingers get used to being in the right place. Playing scales is good preparation for playing more difficult pieces Scales played on a piano or keyboard require that the fingers are all equal in strength and in this respect they are useful although there are other exercises helpful particularly thirds that are helpful it equalising finger strength from the keyboard playing point of view. If you play a keyboard standing up ensure that you at a comfortable level with the weight of the hands going downwards. Images of keyboard players playing with their hands above shoulder height is not great for encouraging good technique. Playing scales encourages the development of a secure and controlled technique in playing. Playing scales particularly when playing in contrary motion encourages independence of the hands. Playing scales is helpful in managing stretches and stresses in keyboard playing. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. alto saxophone duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for alto saxophone duo sounding in the original key of F. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a move Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for alto saxophone duo sounding in the original key of F. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. This is an excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring saxophone players to both listen to each other and to be constantly aware of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. As the alto saxophone 2 has been transposed up an octave the two parts are much closer to each other in the octave sense. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. There are a number of octave transpositions in the alto saxophone 2 part enabling the part to be kept to the instruments range. Accompaniments are in place allowing alto saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Alto saxophone 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the alto saxophone 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Scale of F | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of F major presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Read More...

The scale of F major presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. The sheet music is available as a free score. Access the backing tracks from a mobile phone to improve music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 through to 144 beats per minute (bpm) in incremental jumps of 12 beats to the minute. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together one octave contrary motion Keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. The thumb under third and fourth finger movement together with third and fourth finger over the thumb are movements in playing the scale that merit particularly attention. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. There are other PlentyMusic technical challenges coming soon to help keyboard players make progress and improve. When playing scales as in most music performance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Why practice scales? Scale practice does help in improving technique and spatial awareness of the keyboard layout. Security in playing scales means that the fingers become familiar to being in the right place and the right time. Playing scales is good preparation for playing more difficult pieces Scales played on a piano or keyboard require that the fingers are all equal in strength and in this respect they are useful although there are other exercises helpful particularly thirds that are helpful it equalising finger strength from the keyboard playing point of view. If you play a keyboard standing up ensure that you at a comfortable level with the weight of the hands going downwards. Images of keyboard players playing with their hands above shoulder height is not great for encouraging good technique. Playing scales encourages the development of a secure and controlled technique in playing. Playing scales particularly when playing in contrary motion encourages independence of the hands. Playing scales is helpful in managing stretches and stresses in keyboard playing. pdf sheet music scores and mp3 accompaniments can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. trumpet in B flat & trombone

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for trumpet in Bb and trombone sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work a Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for trumpet in Bb and trombone sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. This is an excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring brass players to listen to each other. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet in Bb and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet in Bb sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56 and 59 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention14 arr. trombone duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for trombone duo sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for trombone duo sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. This is an excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring brass players to listen to each other. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trombone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. French horn duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for French horn duo sounding in the key of F. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in whic Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for French horn duo sounding in the key of F. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. It is an excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring brass players to really listen to each other. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 54 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing French horn players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. French horn 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and French horn 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic, augmentation, and diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Scale of B Flat | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of Bb major presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backingtrack. Read More...

The scale of Bb major presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backingtrack. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. The sheet music is available as a free score Access the backing tracks from a mobile phone to improve your music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 throug to 144 beats per minute (bpm) in incremental jumps of 12 beats to the minute. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together one octave contrary motion Keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. The thumb under third and fourth finger movement together with third and fourth finger over the thumb are movements in playing the scale that merit particularly attention. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. There are other PlentyMusic technical challenges coming soon to help keyboard players make progress and improve. When playing scales as in most music performance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. classical guitar duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for classical guitar duo in the original key key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figura Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for classical guitar duo in the original key key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. The classical guitar is a transposing instruments sounding an octave lower than written. There are some octave transpositions in the classical guitar 2 part to keep to the range of the instrument. Guitarists have the choice of reading a notated or TAB score. TAB scores have a useful function because they locate the position of the notes on the fretboard although the same note can be played on different strings in different positions. The PlentyMusic TAB score is a literal translation of the score and not necessarily the best solution for playing the notes. Ornaments are omitted in this movement but are replaced by challenging and rhythmic figuration. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing electric guitar and bass guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The electric guitar sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bass guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 59, 61 and 63 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention 14 arr. electric guitar & bass guitar

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged electric guitar & bass guitar in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is Read More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged electric guitar & bass guitar in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. Remember that the guitar and bass guitar are transposing instruments sounding an octave lower than written. There are some octave transpositions in the bass guitar part to keep to the range of the instrument. Guitarists have the choice of reading a notated or TAB score. TAB scores have a useful function because they locate the position of the notes on the fretboard although the same note can be played on different strings in different positions. The PlentyMusic TAB score is a literal translation of the score and not necessarily the best solution for playing the notes. Ornaments are omitted in this movement but are replaced by challenging and rhythmic figuration. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing electric guitar and bass guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The electric guitar sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bass guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 58, 60 and 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention 8 arr. clarinet in Bb & bass clarinet

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged clarinet in Bb & bass clarinet. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged clarinet in Bb & bass clarinet. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. The sheet music score available as a pdf download from the website has individual parts appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also in place to help players improve their technique and ensemble playing skills. The realisation plays back at 92 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Clarinettists players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 92 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 and 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. They are possibly more challenging works when played on other instruments. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format encouraging listening, accuracy in playing and good intonation. Close

Invention 8 arr. trombone duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for trombone duo One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to mast Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for trombone duo One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. The sheet music score available as a pdf download from the website has individual parts appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also in place to help players improve their technical and ensemble skills. The realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Trombone players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. The tuba part is fairly uncompromising and if some rescoring is required to make the part a little more playable please advise the PlentyMusic office. Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 76, 80, 84, 88, 92 and 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. They are possibly more challenging works when played on other instruments. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format encouraging listening, accuracy in playing and good intonation. Close

Invention 8 arr. trumpet in B Flat & trombone

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for trumpet in Bb and trombone sounding in the key of F. One of the most popular of the two part inventions Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for trumpet in Bb and trombone sounding in the key of F. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. The sheet music score available as a pdf download from the website has individual parts appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also in place to help players improve their technical and ensemble playing skills. The realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Trumpet and trombone players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 and 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. They are possibly more challenging works when played on other instruments. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format encouraging listening, accuracy in playing and good intonation. Close

Invention 8 arr. soprano & tenor saxophones

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged soprano & tenor saxophones. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord sha Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged soprano & tenor saxophones. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. The sheet music score available as a pdf download from the website has individual parts appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also in place to help players improve their technique and ensemble playing skills. The realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Saxophone players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. There are a few octave transpositions in the tenor saxophone part to keep to the instruments range Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 76, 80, 84, 88, 92 and 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. They are possibly more challenging works when played on other instruments. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format encouraging listening, accuracy in playing and good intonation. Close

Invention 8 arr. flute & bassoon

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for flute and bassoon. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes t Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for flute and bassoon. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. The sheet music score available as a pdf download from the website has individual parts appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also in place. An uplifting and appealing invention with many scale runs and chord shapes that make this an appropriate movement for woodwind players to play to improve technique The realisation plays back at 92 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Woodwind players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 92 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing flute and bassoon players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The flute sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bassoon on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at, 84, 88, 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. They are possibly more challenging works when played on other instruments. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format encouraging listening, accuracy in playing and good intonation. Close

Invention 8 arr. clarinet in B flat duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for clarinet in Bb duo sounding in the key of F. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with sca Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for clarinet in Bb duo sounding in the key of F. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. An appropriately transposed sheet music score is available from the website. Accompaniments are also in place. An uplifting and appealing invention with many scale runs and chord shapes that make this an appropriate movement for clarinettists to play to improve technique. There are some octave transpositions in the lower part to keep to the range of the instruments. The realisation plays back at 104 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Clarinet players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Remember that music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. At times in the arrangement the contrapuntal lines are an octave closer together than in the piano version. Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 96 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinettists to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Clarinet in Bb 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Clarinet in Bb on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96, and for the brave 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format. Close

Invention 4 arr. clarinet in B flat & bass clarinet

Invention 4 BWV 775 arranged for clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet sounding in the key of D minor is an appealing work featuring an opening motif or me Read More...

Invention 4 BWV 775 arranged for clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet sounding in the key of D minor is an appealing work featuring an opening motif or melodic shape that combines stepwise movement with the interval of a falling diminished seventh. The realisation plays back at 45 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet beats to the minute. The time signature for this movement is 3/8 and the music editor suggests approaching playing the movement with a one in a bar feel or pulse rather than trying to count in eighth notes or quavers. The long trills bar 19 and bar 29 need to be played rhythmically and with control. There is some debate as to the notes to be played in the trill commencing in bar 29. The music editor suggests a written G natural (sounding F natural) but many alternate a G# (sounding F#) with the E. In the video score, which clarinet players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in an ensemble activity as part of practice routines. The Clarinet in Bb sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the Bass Clarinet on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 39, 42, 45, 48, 51 and for the brave 54 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. This is an invention where it is interesting to observe the different approaches to playing the movement particularly with regard to tempo and articulation. The Inventions are always worth revisiting and the collection should be understood to be one that benefits from this. Valuable time can be spent on streaming media listening to and perhaps watching different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Whilst there is considerable contrast to the tempo that the invention is played remember that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! The inventions offer excellent opportunities to improve ensemble playing in a duo context. Individual clarinet parts are also appended to the full scores available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. The Bach Inventions are considered to be intermediate level movements. The key journey that features in this movement embraces the closley related keys of the relative major, sub-dominant and the V7 – VI progression bars 48 - 49 further adds to the harmonic journey. Imitation, inversion and sequence are all in evidence as compositional processes. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure playing technique and good intonation. Close

J.S.Bach’s Invention 4 arr. classical guitar duo (No TAB)

J.S.Bach’s Invention 4 BWV 775 arr. classical guitar duo with a notated score as the download with guitar parts attached to the full score. In t Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 4 BWV 775 arr. classical guitar duo with a notated score as the download with guitar parts attached to the full score. In the key of D minor this is an appealing work featuring an opening motif or melodic shape that combines a scale shape with the interval of a falling diminished seventh. The realisation plays back at 48 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet beats to the minute. The time signature for this movement is 3/8 and the music editor suggests approaching playing the movement with a one in a bar feel or pulse rather than trying to count in eighth notes or quavers. The long trills bar 19 and bar 29 need to be played rhythmically and with control. There is some debate as to the notes to be played in the trill commencing in bar 29. The music editor suggests a written F natural but many alternate a F# with the E. The ornaments can always be omitted particularly in the early stages of learning the movement. Many guitarists edit the music score in how they play the ornaments finding it difficult to sustain the hammer technique for so long. Find a solution but do ensure that both parts and instruments are imitating each other. The voicing in this arrangement with the guitar 1 sounding an octave lower than written means that the contrapuntal lines are an octave closer together than in the original piano version. In the video score, which guitar players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. Accompaniments are in place allowing classical guitar duo players to participate in an ensemble activity as part of practice routines. Classical Guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Classical Guitar 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 39, 42, 45, 48, 51 and for the brave 54 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. This is an invention where it is interesting to observe the different approaches to playing the movement particularly with regard to tempo and articulation. The Inventions are always worth revisiting and the collection should be understood to be one that benefits from this. Valuable time can be spent on streaming media listening to and perhaps watching different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Whilst there is considerable contrast to the tempo that the invention is played remember that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! The inventions offer excellent opportunities to improve ensemble playing in a duo context. Individual guitar parts are also appended to the full scores available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. The Bach Inventions are considered to be intermediate level movements. The key journey that features in this movement embraces the closely related keys of the relative major, sub-dominant and the V7 – VI progression bars 48 - 49 further adds to the harmonic journey. Imitation, inversion and sequence are all in evidence as compositional processes. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure playing technique. This is a revision and update of a previous score posted on the website. Close

Invention 4 BWV 775 arr. 2 clarinets in B flat

Invention 4 BWV 775 arranged for two clarinets in Bb sounding in the key of D minor is an appealing work featuring an opening motif or melodic shape t Read More...

Invention 4 BWV 775 arranged for two clarinets in Bb sounding in the key of D minor is an appealing work featuring an opening motif or melodic shape that combines stepwise movement with the interval of a falling diminished seventh. In this arrangement the contrapuntal lines are an octave closer than in the original piano version with both instruments notated in the treble clef. The realisation plays back at 48 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet beats to the minute. The time signature for this movement is 3/8 and the music editor suggests approaching playing the movement with a one in a bar feel or pulse rather than trying to count in eighth notes or quavers. The long trills bar 19 and bar 29 need to be played rhythmically and with control. There is some debate as to the notes to be played in the trill commencing in bar 29. The music editor suggests a written G natural (sounding F natural) but many alternate a G# (sounding F#) with the E. In the video score, which clarinet players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in an ensemble activity as part of practice routines. Clarinet 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Clarinet 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 39, 42, 45, 48, 51 and for the brave 54 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. This is an invention where it is interesting to observe the different approaches to playing the movement particularly with regard to tempo and articulation. The Inventions are always worth revisiting and the collection should be understood to be one that benefits from this. Valuable time can be spent on streaming media listening to and perhaps watching different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Whilst there is considerable contrast to the tempo that the invention is played remember that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! The inventions offer excellent opportunities to improve ensemble playing in a duo context. Individual clarinet parts are also appended to the full scores available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. The Bach Inventions are considered to be intermediate level movements. The key journey that features in this movement embraces the closley related keys of the relative major, sub-dominant and the V7 – VI progression bars 48 - 49 further adds to the harmonic journey. Imitation, inversion and sequence are all in evidence as compositional processes. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure playing technique. Close

Invention No. 13 BWV 784 arr. violin & cello

J.S.Bach’s Invention 13 in the key of A minor is a movement with some quite delightful shapes to play particularly chord shapes including minor, maj Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 13 in the key of A minor is a movement with some quite delightful shapes to play particularly chord shapes including minor, major, dominant 7th & diminished 7th also in their different positions (root, first & second inversion…) This is an excellent ensemble piece encouraging players to listen to each other. In bars 21/22 there are some octave transpositions in the violin part. Ornaments are not featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing violin and cello players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the cello on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70 and 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that the invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. As in all the inventions it is a requirement to play accurate note values. Ends of phrases are deserving of particular attention. Legato playing is suggested in the first instance although string players can offer their own playing and performance approaches which in many ways is the invitation offered in this and many other Bach music collections. There is no perfectly correct way to play this music and there is the added challenge of being able to re-visit and play the music again. Time spent listening to this work on streaming media will be invaluable to players wishing to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. The principle behind J.S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s Two Part Inventions as in most music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. As concentrated and concise movements the 15 Inventions played in an ensemble context present excellent challenges and there is simply not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. An invention suited to being played by a wide range of instruments possibly with a combination of instruments belonging to different instrument families – a mix and match approach is invited. Close

Invention 6 BWV 777 arr. violin & cello

J.S.Bach’s Invention 6 BWV 777 arr. violin & cello The realisation plays back at 28 bpm to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing string p Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 6 BWV 777 arr. violin & cello The realisation plays back at 28 bpm to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. This is an excellent duo piece encouraging good intonation accuracy in playing and the development of a sense of pulse so essential in ensemble playing. Accompaniments are in place allowing both violinists and cellists to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and cello on the other. There is a four bar count in sounding on the wood blocks. A legato approach to playing is demostrated in the sheet music video but string players may well chose to play pizzicato for this invention. It is a movement that features figuration and an exploration of shapes rather than ornamentation. The two voices are frequently moving in contrary motion. This invention sounds so easy on the ear but it is a challenging to read because of the accidentals. The repeats whilst indicated in the sheet music score are not played in the mp3 realisation or the accompaniments The reading of the notes and accidentals requires attention especially in the second section and note values need to played accurately. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Two Part Inventions and 15 Three Part Sinfonias and many of them provide excellent opportunities for duo and trio playing. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Close

Invention 6 BWV 777 arr. guitar duo + TAB

The invention has been transposed to the key of G. The guitar as a transposing instrument sounds an octave lower than written. TAB scores are also ava Read More...

The invention has been transposed to the key of G. The guitar as a transposing instrument sounds an octave lower than written. TAB scores are also available. Accompaniments are in place allowing guitarists to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Guitar 2 of the other. A legato approach to playing is suggested for this invention. It is a movement that features figuration and an exploration of shapes rather than ornamentation. The two voices are frequently moving in contrary motion. This invention sounds so easy on the ear but it is a challenging to read because of the accidentals. The realisation plays back at 25 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet beats to the minute. The repeats whilst indicated in the sheet music score are not played in the mp3 realisation or the accompaniments The reading of the notes and accidentals requires attention especially in the second section and note values need to played accurately. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Two Part Inventions and 15 Three part Sinfonias and many of them provide excellent opportunities for duo and trio playing. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Close

Invention 5 BWV 776

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 5 BWV 776 in Eb is a dynamic and lively movement featuring patterns and shapes that have a strong unifying element. In the Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 5 BWV 776 in Eb is a dynamic and lively movement featuring patterns and shapes that have a strong unifying element. In the sheet music video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel the ornaments have been written out in full to clarify how they should be played. In this energetic and lively invention the lower mordent is a particular features. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. As for many of the inventions it is possibly a good idea to play the first two bars (possibly 4 bars) until they are known thoroughly before progressing to the rest of the movement. The inventions provide excellent opportunities for musicians to improve and develop a secure keyboard technique. Suggested fingering in this invention is frequently based on the direction in which the hands are moving particularly relevant for this movement because both hands are busy. An engaging and dynamic performance piece that needs to played at around 88 - 100 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. On the compositional processes front the sequence is quite an evident compositional process in this invention Remember that music needs to be performed slowly before it can be performed quickly. The last bar has been edited to represent current performance practice. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. On a piano or weighted keyboard there is an opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Keyboard players will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms to get a sense of the importance of this aspect of piano playing. A plain score is attached to the edited music score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. Close

Invention 2 BWV 773

J.S.Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 is an intermediate level movement in the key of C minor. It needs to be played with a legato touch. The playback t Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 is an intermediate level movement in the key of C minor. It needs to be played with a legato touch. The playback tempo of the realisation is 52 beats per minute (bpm) and the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments when learning the piece. Like many of the inventions it that can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of different instrument combinations. To understand how the ornaments should be played keyboard players can refer to the sheet music video on the PlentyMusic You Tube channel. In this video the ornaments have been written out in full to clarify how they should be played. The inventions composed in two parts or voices are concentrated and demanding movements to play. In these works it is important to keep to keep to the length of the written note values Keyboard players will need to their fingers close to the keys and play with a lightness in the hands. Pianists will perhaps recognise that the weaker fingers need some extra practice and to solve this issue the music editor suggests practising thirds. There is opportunity to explore right hand over left playing (bar 18) and changing fingering on a repeated note. The opening shape or motif is quite long and the mood of this invention is quite melancholy with a characteristic minor 7th interval. The movement needs to played evenly and consistently with a legato touch and keyboard players will need to play with a lightness in the hands. Ornaments are in place but possibly can be omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. The inventions were originally intended to be played on the harpsichord and there is more than one suggestion of a two manual instrument in this particular invention. Composed in the key of C minor the key journey is confined to the closely related keys of the dominant (bar 7), relative minor (bar 15) and sub-dominant (bar 20). Keys, understand, are not always established as such but are described as passing modulations in the baroque era. A key or change of key is generally thought of being established when there is a cadence which tends to be more the case in music from the classical era. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is attached to the edited music score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. Close

Invention 2 BWV 773

J.S.Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 is an intermediate level movement in the key of C minor. It needs to be played with a legato touch. The playback t Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 is an intermediate level movement in the key of C minor. It needs to be played with a legato touch. The playback tempo of the realisation is 52 beats per minute (bpm) and the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments when learning the piece. Like many of the inventions it that can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of different instrument combinations. To understand how the ornaments should be played keyboard players can refer to the sheet music video on the PlentyMusic You Tube channel. In this video the ornaments have been written out in full to clarify how they should be played. The inventions composed in two parts or voices are concentrated and demanding movements to play. In these works it is important to keep to keep to the length of the written note values Keyboard players will need to their fingers close to the keys and play with a lightness in the hands. Pianists will perhaps recognise that the weaker fingers need some extra practice and to solve this issue the music editor suggests practising thirds. There is opportunity to explore right hand over left playing (bar 18) and changing fingering on a repeated note. The opening shape or motif is quite long and the mood of this invention is quite melancholy with a characteristic minor 7th interval. The movement needs to played evenly and consistently with a legato touch and keyboard players will need to play with a lightness in the hands. Ornaments are in place but possibly can be omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. The inventions were originally intended to be played on the harpsichord and there is more than one suggestion of a two manual instrument in this particular invention. Composed in the key of C minor the key journey is confined to the closely related keys of the dominant (bar 7), relative minor (bar 15) and sub-dominant (bar 20). Keys, understand, are not always established as such but are described as passing modulations in the baroque era. A key or change of key is generally thought of being established when there is a cadence which tends to be more the case in music from the classical era. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is attached to the edited music score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. Close

Invention 15 BWV 786

J. S. Bach’s Invention 15 BWV 786 in B minor is a deliberate and purposeful movement possessing a haunting quality whilst allowing keyboard players Read More...

J. S. Bach’s Invention 15 BWV 786 in B minor is a deliberate and purposeful movement possessing a haunting quality whilst allowing keyboard players to explore keyboard touches where notes are articulated staccato and/or staccatissimo. The realisation plays back at 72 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. A movement that needs to be played with intention, consistency and purposefulness During practice routines keyboard players can vary their playing approach to encompass the different piano articulations that can be used playing the movement. The PlentyMusic principle when it comes to adding ornaments to music scores is to follow and more or less and imitate current modern performance practice. Ornaments are applied consistently although there is scope for players to make some additions particularly at important cadence points in movements where the option of more notes in the cadential trills can be explored. In the video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms particularly on the piano to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. A plain score is attached to the edited music score. Close

Invention 12 BWV 783

Invention 12 BWV 783 is in the key of A and is a movement that communicates purpose and intention. The music editor suggests that keyboard players sh Read More...

Invention 12 BWV 783 is in the key of A and is a movement that communicates purpose and intention. The music editor suggests that keyboard players should learn the movement in the first instance without the ornaments in place being played indicated in the sheet music score. What is important in delivering the intention of the music and the music only really becomes alive at the tempo of 68 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet notes to the minute. At the same time it would be lovely to know what the tempo this invention was in Bach’s own time when there was no vision of the piano as becoming the keyboard instrument of choice The PlentyMusic principle when it comes to adding ornaments to music scores is to follow and imitate current modern performance practice. The edited music score has suggested fingering in place although when it comes to playing the more complicated trills keyboard players will need to refer to the sheet music video score on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel to work out appropriate fingers to use for he playing of these ornaments. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Many keyboard players whether pianists or harpsichordists approach this invention as if they are playing a virtuoso work which in many ways is surprisingly because the movement was composed well before the time that this concept was suggested attributed to describe the playing of N. Paganini. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms particularly on the piano to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. A plain score is attached to the edited music score. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 is a work exploring the scale of G minor. The chromatic element is quite strong and the resulting accidentals make Read More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 is a work exploring the scale of G minor. The chromatic element is quite strong and the resulting accidentals make this a challenging score to read. The playback score has a tempo of 64 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. It is a movement that can be played at an even slower tempo than 64 bpm. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing should be avoided. The music editor has avoided ornaments occurring in both voices at the same time. The PlentyMusic principle when it comes to adding ornaments to music scores is to follow and more or less and imitate current modern performance practice. Ornaments are applied consistently although there is scope for players to make some additions particularly at important cadence points in movements where the option of more notes in the cadential trill can be explored. This is particularly the case in music played at relative slow tempi. In the video score the ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. This invention provides an excellent opportunity for players to become familiar with the scale of G minor in both its harmonic and melodic minor forms. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software will find this another excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention. Close

Invention 10 BWV 781

Invention 10 BWV 781 in the key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how individual keyboard players approach how to articulate the no Read More...

Invention 10 BWV 781 in the key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how individual keyboard players approach how to articulate the notes point. It is interesting to observe the approaches to playing this movement. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness in the hands and can be a challenging to play because of the tension that is created in the hands and wrist. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. What is fascinating is to hear some of the greatest pianists and harpsichordists playing what are really considered to be basic learning pieces. The best way of learning anything about music is by listening although in this modern world video footage now offers a very supportive and complementary medium particularly when camera angles allow viewers to see what musician’s hands are during a performance. In the video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. Articulation markings are also indicated in this particular score. The music editor has avoided placing ornaments occurring at the same time in the two voices. The long trills occurring in bar 20 (treble clef) and bar 23 (bass clef) need to be played in a rhythmical and controlled manner with the left hand trill mirroring the right hand. The suggested fingering in place on the edited music score is frequently determined by the direction in which the music and the hands are moving. Remember that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens and contradicts the contrast in the parts. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms particularly on the piano to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is attached to the edited music score. Close

Invention 9 BWV 780

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 9 BWV 780 is a slow tempo movement in the key of F minor. A haunting and melancholy movement, the realisation plays back at Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 9 BWV 780 is a slow tempo movement in the key of F minor. A haunting and melancholy movement, the realisation plays back at 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. It is a movement that can be played at an even slower tempo. Legato playing is also needed in a performance. The PlentyMusic principle when it comes to adding ornaments to music scores is to follow and more or less and imitate current modern performance practice. Ornaments are applied consistently although there is scope for players to make some additions particularly at important cadence points in movements where the option of more notes in the trill can be explored. In the sheet music video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. Players may well possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. Playing the scale of F minor in the harmonic and melodic versions will provide a valuable assist in preparing this invention for performance. F minor in much of J.S.Bach’s music is a key identified with melancholy and pathos particularly with a falling or sighing motif as heard in the opening of this invention. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. The intention in the duo arrangement is to help players become better ensemble players and to grow as musicians playing music as close to the composer’s intentions as possible. These are concentrated and demanding movements to play. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. Those learning how to use music notation software will find this an excellent and frustrating study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention. A plain score is attached to the edited music score. Close

Invention 3 BWV 773

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 3 BWV 773 in the key of D offers rhythmic challenges to the keyboard player. It is an intermediate level movement with the Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 3 BWV 773 in the key of D offers rhythmic challenges to the keyboard player. It is an intermediate level movement with the playback tempo of the realisation being 56 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the beats per minute (bpm) It is best to play the work with a sense of there being one beat to the bar. There are three scores available in the download i) and edited music score with suggested fingering in place and with the ornaments written out as in the sheet music video ii) a plain score and iii) an edited sheet music score with suggested fingering in place and the ornaments indicated. The music editor suggests that this a challenging invention to play. For those wishing for clarification as to how the ornaments should be played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. The ornaments are probably best omitted when learning the piece whilst fingers need to be kept as close as possible to the piano keys. Suggested fingering is in place in the edited score. The inventions are concentrated and demanding movements to play for the intermediate level player. This is an interesting Invention to study because of the wide variation in how the movement is performed particularly from the tempo point of view and the approach to playing the ornaments. Many pianists for example trill the long tied notes beginning at bar 26. The points of imitation at the start of the phrases are something that keyboard players need to particularly communicate in their playing. The Inventions benefit from being played with a lightness in the hands and consideration as to how notes are articulated. Exaggerated playing should be avoided and is not appropriate to this style. The limitations of the realisation is that the weight distribution between the hands is not truly represented in how the music should be played on the piano. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is appended to the edited music score. Close

Invention 7 BWV 778

J.S.Bach’s Invention 7 BWV 778 is in the key of E minor. In the opening section the phrases end on the first eighth note quaver beat of the bar. Pl Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 7 BWV 778 is in the key of E minor. In the opening section the phrases end on the first eighth note quaver beat of the bar. Playing the E minor scale in both its harmonic and melodic forms will provide excellent preparation for playing this invention. Bach’s inventiveness is usually demonstrated in formal templates familiar to him and those either playing or listening to his music. Both vocal and instrumental models are used. The music editor believes the best way of approaching the playing of this work is with an essentially legato touch with some variation in touch in place in the bars where the line is in eighth notes or quavers and ornaments are not being played. In all music beauty of sound combined with interpretative intention must be aim of the musician(s) involved. One of the most interesting aspects of this invention is the variety of performance approaches that are demonstrated particularly by keyboard players. Some articulate the notes with great consideration while others interpret the movement as if it is a vocal work with an approach suggesting a declamatory delivery. The long trills are a challenge but can be omitted on the piano which has a sustaining quality unlike the harpsichord for which the work was primarily intended and the main domestic keyboard instrument of Bach’s own time. When introduced they need to be played rhythmically and with an intention suggesting the keyboard player is in control. The PlentyMusic principle when it comes to adding ornaments to music scores is to follow and more or less and imitate current modern performance practice. Ornaments are applied consistently although there is scope for players to make some additions particularly at important cadence points in movements where the option of more notes in the trill can be explored. In the sheet music video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The realisation plays back at 72 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Players will perhaps need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is attached to the edited music score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. Close

Invention 6 BWV 777

Invention 6 BWV 777 in the key of E is a movement that features figuration and an exploration of shapes rather than ornamentation. The two voices are Read More...

Invention 6 BWV 777 in the key of E is a movement that features figuration and an exploration of shapes rather than ornamentation. The two voices are frequently moving in contrary motion. Legato playing is suggested for this invention and the realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet beats to the minute. The repeats whilst indicated in the sheet music score are not played in the mp3 realisation. This invention sounds so easy on the ear but it is a nightmare to read because of the accidentals. The reading of the notes and accidentals requires attention especially in the second section and note values need to played accurately. There are opportunities to explore changing fingers on a note technique and some of the leaps need to be managed when preparing a performance of this score. Remember that all good piano playing is about good preparation. Sliding a finger from a black to a white note is another technique that is appropriate when playing this invention. The familiar compositional processes of imitation, inversion, sequence feature strongly in the movement. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. What is fascinating is to hear some of the greatest pianists and harpsichordists playing what are considered to be learning pieces. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms particularly on the piano to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. A plain sheet music score is attached to the edited music score in the pdf download. Close

Invention 1 BWV 772 arr. classical guitar duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument combinations. In this arrangement for two classical guitars accompaniments are in place enabling guitar players to enjoy ensemble practice as part of their music practice routines. They play at 56, 58, 60, 62 and 64 beats per minute (bpm). Guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel while Guitar 2 sounds on the other side of the stereo channel. The music has also been transposed from the originally key of C to F purely on the basis that this explores the appropriate range of the instrument. Remember too that the guitar is a transposing instrument and sounds an octave lower than written. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce and inform musicians of the composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique as well as providing excellent ensemble playing opportunities. The playback tempo of the realisation is 60 beats per minute (bpm) and the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments when learning the piece. For those wishing clarification on how the ornaments should t be played refer to the piano version video score on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. In this video score the ornaments have been written out in full to clarify how they should be played. The music editor suggests that they are probably not such a relevant addition in this arrangement. The music score is available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website whilst the accompaniments can be downloaded as mp3 files. The sheet music download has a Tab score in place on the appended indivual parts. The key journey of the movement is confined to the closely related keys of the dominant (bar 7), relative minor (bar 15) and sub-dominant (bar 20). Keys, understand, are not always established as such but are described as passing modulations in the baroque era. A key or change of key is generally thought of being established when there is a cadence which tends to be more the case in music from the classical era. Tempo is one of the most challenging questions when playing the Bach’s 15 Two part inventions. The music editor suggests that there is often a tendency to play these movements too quickly. The opening motif or melodic idea is quite short in this work whilst musical ideas are repeated and imitated by the two voices. The inversion of musical ideas is a particularly strong feature in this invention. The use of sequence is another compositional process readily identifiable. Close

Invention No. 1 BWV 772 arr. violin & cello

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument combinations. In this arrangement for violin & cello accompaniments are in place enabling violinists and cellists to enjoy ensemble practice as part of their music practice routines. They play at 56, 58, 60, 62 and 64 beats per minute (bpm). The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel whilst the cello sounds on the other channel. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce and inform musicians of the composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. The playback tempo of the realisation is 60 beats per minute (bpm) and the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments when learning the piece. For those wishing clarification on how the ornaments are to be played refer to the piano version video score on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. In this video score the ornaments have been written out in full to clarify how they should be played. The music score is available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website whilst the accompaniments can be downloaded as mp3 files. Composed in the key of C the key journey is confined to the closely related keys of the dominant (bar 7), relative minor (bar 15) and sub-dominant (bar 20). Keys, understand, are not always established as such but are described as passing modulations in the baroque era. A key or change of key is generally thought of being established when there is a cadence which tends to be more the case in music from the classical era. Tempo is one of the most challenging questions when playing the Bach’s 15 Two part inventions. The music editor suggests that there is often a tendency to play these movements too quickly. The opening motif or melodic idea is quite short in this work whilst musical ideas are repeated and imitated by the two voices. The inversion of musical ideas is a particularly strong feature in this invention. The use of sequence is another compositional process readily identifiable. Close

Invention 1 | piano | BWV 772

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument combinations. In the video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel the ornaments have been written out in full. to clarify how they should be played. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. The playback tempo of the realisation is 60 beats per minute (bpm) and the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments when learning the piece. A plain score is attached to the edited music score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. Composed in the key of C the key journey is confined to the closely related keys of the dominant (bar 7), relative minor (bar 15) and sub-dominant (bar 20). Keys, understand, are not always established as such but are described as passing modulations in the baroque era. A key or change of key is generally thought of being established when there is a cadence which tends to be more the case in music from the classical era. Tempo is one of the most challenging questions when playing the Bach’s 15 Two part inventions. The music editor suggests that there is often a tendency to play these movements too quickly. The opening motif or melodic idea is quite short in this work whilst musical ideas are repeated and imitated by the two voices. The inversion of musical ideas is a particularly strong feature in this invention. The use of sequence is another compositional process readily identifiable. Close

Scale of C | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of C major version is presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available bac Read More...

The scale of C major version is presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany the available backing tracks. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. The backing tracks are available both on the PlentyMusic website and our YouTube channel. Access them on a mobile phone to improve your music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together one octave contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played. The thumb under third and fourth finger movement together with third and fourth finger over thumb are movements in playing the scale that merit particularly attention and will be addressed in a PlentyMusic video later in the year. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with some practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. There are other challenges coming soon as your playing progresses and improves. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Why practice scales? Scale practice does help in improving technique and spatial awareness of the keyboard layout. Security in playing scales means that the fingers become familiar to being in the right place and the right time. Playing scales is good preparation for playing more difficult pieces Scales played on a piano or keyboard require that the fingers are all equal in strength and in this respect they are useful although there are other exercises helpful particularly thirds that are helpful it equalising finger strength from the keyboard playing point of view. If you play a keyboard standing up ensure that you at a comfortable level with the weight of the hands going downwards. Images of keyboard players playing with their hands above shoulder height is not great for encouraging good technique. Playing scales encourages the development of a secure and controlled technique in playing. Playing scales particularly when playing in contrary motion encourages independence of the hands. Playing scales is helpful in managing stretches and stresses in keyboard playing. Close

Arpeggio G | Beginner Level | Keyboard & Piano

The G major arpeggio presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany a backingtrack. Beginner leve Read More...

The G major arpeggio presented as a practice drill or warm up where keyboard & piano players can play-a-long & accompany a backingtrack. Beginner level arpeggios involve single octave playing & letter names of notes appear in noteheads. The backing tracks are available both on the PlentyMusic website and the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Access them on a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to improve your music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 48 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Be aware that there is a four in a bar feel to playing of these piano exercises. A good starting point is 60bpm. Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf #sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Playing arpeggios is simply a way of playing chords. Chords are usually played as part of a chord progression. For this exercise suggested fingering is in place beneath the notes. Each arpeggio is to be played twice with a 3 beat gap between each playing. This is indicated by the sound of a woodblock. The key signature for G is used in the sheet music score. Do make sure that breathing is relaxed before, during and after playing the exercises. Arpeggios feature in much keyboard music from classical times through to the popular music of the 20th and 21st centuries. All music performers need to have a knowledge of chords/arpeggios, their structures and their compositional contexts. The chords in this exercise are presented in root position, (GBD) first (BDG) and second inversion (DGB) formats. A wood block sound provides the introductory beats for the ensemble playing of each arpeggio.exercise. The playing sequence for arpeggios is as follows: Right hand one octave X 2 Left hand one octave X 2 Right and left hands together one octave in similar motion X 2 Root position chord arpeggios are followed by first inversions and then second inversions. Do keep to the specified fingering although a possible option for the root position left hand arpeggio has been given. Remember that in a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level. At the beginner level the arpeggios should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how arpeggios and chords can be played particularly in the context of playing chord sequences. How to manage stretching the hand is an aspect of arpeggio playing that needs to be considered. There are techniques for this which will be demonstrated in a PlentyMusic video later in the year. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warmups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with some practical tips on the playing the piano & keyboard. Always make music practice both challenging and interesting. When playing arpeggios aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. The arpeggios played at 132bpm and 144bpm are really in place as extension tasks and really are not in the boundaries of the beginner player but you never know?. Always remember that if you cannot play something at a slow tempo then you are unlikely to be able to play it at a fast tempo. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do always be aware of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing arpeggios a legato touch should remain the focus. There are other challenges coming soon as players make progress and improve. When playing arpeggios and chords as in most other music performance contexts fingers need to remain close to the keys. The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. If you print the sheet music score available from the website and you are able to read music printing 2 pages onto one sheet of A4 is suggested. Why practice arpeggios Playing arpeggios helps players to understand chords in all their forms and variants. Chords can at times be perceived as being overwhelmingly complex and challenging to get your musical head around but rest assured when explained and understood particularly in a playing context they do make sense. A knowledge of chords is essential in music from the performance, arranging and compositional point of view. It is very reassuring that the more that one learns about chords the simpler they become. There are four types of chord (major, minor, diminished and augmented) and matters become even challenging when additional notes are added. For the moment focus on the set tasks. Arpeggio practice does help in improving keyboard technique. Security in playing arpeggios assists/ means that the fingers get used to being in the right place at the right time. Playing arpeggios in all their formats will help in preparing keyboard players for more difficult pieces If you play a keyboard standing up ensure that you at a comfortable level with the weight of the hands going downwards. Images of keyboard players playing with their hands above shoulder height does not suggest or encourage good technique. Playing arpeggios encourages the development of a secure and controlled technique in playing. Playing arpeggios is particularly helpful in managing stretches in keyboard playing. Close

Scale of C | Beginner Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of C is presented as a #practicedrill or warm up where keyboard players & #piano players can #play-a-long & accompany the #backingtracks. Read More...

The scale of C is presented as a #practicedrill or warm up where keyboard players & #piano players can #play-a-long & accompany the #backingtracks. The backing tracks are available both on the PlentyMusic website and YouTube. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Improve music practice with PlentyMusic pdf #sheetmusic & accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand one octave Left hand one octave Right and left hands together one octave similar motion Right and left hands together one octave contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering At the beginner level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato) Thumb under & third finger over preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in a video post later in the year. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with some practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice interesting and challenging When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. When playing scales & in most other practical musical performance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be at the finger tips. Aways imagine when playing a keyboard instrument the the weight of the arm, hand & fingers are released as such through the finger tips Why do we practice scales? Scale practice does help in improving technique and developing an awareness of the range of an instrument Security in playing scales means that the correct finger is in the right place Playing scales is good preparation for playing more difficult pieces Scales played on a piano or keyboard require that the fingers are all equal in strength and in this respect they are useful although there are other exercises helpful particularly thirds that are helpful it equalising finger strength from the keyboard playing point of view. The level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level If you play a keyboard standing up ensure that you at a comfortable level with the weight of the hands going downwards Playing scales does encourage the development of secure technique Playing scales does encourage the development of a controlled technique control in ones playing Playing scales is helpful in managing stretches and stresses in keyboard playing Close

Scale of A minor | Improver Level | Piano & Keyboard

The scale of A minor in its harmonic version is presented as a #practicedrill or warm up where keyboard & #piano players can #play-a-long & accompany Read More...

The scale of A minor in its harmonic version is presented as a #practicedrill or warm up where keyboard & #piano players can #play-a-long & accompany the available #backingtrack. Improver level scales involve 2 octave playing. The backing tracks are available both on the PlentyMusic website and our YouTube channel. Access them on a mobile phone to improve your music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks have a range of tempo from 60 to 144 beats per minute (bpm) Improve music practice and make progress with PlentyMusic pdf #sheetmusic & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Each scale is to be played 3 times with a one bar gap between each scale. A wood block sound provides a one bar preparation for the playing of each scale exercise. The playing sequence is as follows: Right hand two octaves Left hand two octaves Right and left hands together two octaves similar motion Right and left hands together one octave contrary motion Do keep to the specified fingering In a sitting position the level of the keyboard should be 72.5cms above floor level At the improver level the scales should be played evenly & smoothly (legato). Playing scales does involve repetition but they need to be played with engagement and concentration. There are always aspects of ones playing that can be improved. Understand that there will be additional challenges from PlentyMusic as to how scales can be played.. Thumb under & third finger over preparation is an aspect of keyboard technique that needs to taken on board and will be clarified in a video post later in the year. Please feedback to PlentyMusic on any additional warm ups or practice drills required or changes that need to be made to those currently in place. Look out for the PlentyMusic videos later in the year with some practical tips on the playing of scales and the piano/ keyboard in general. Always make music practice a challenge as well as being interesting. When playing scales aim to keep a lightness in the hands particularly when they are played at fast tempi. Use a mobile phone, tablet or desktop to provide the backing tracks needed to enjoy scale practice as an ensemble activity. When playing along to the backing tracks do have an awareness of the beat, pulse and tempo. Whilst there are many ways in which musical notes can be articulated in the early stages of playing scales a legato touch should be and remain the focus. There are other challenges coming soon as your playing progresses and improves. When playing scales as in most other #musicperformance contexts fingers need to be close to the keys The weight of the arm & hand should be imagined to be being released or even flow out through the finger tips. The challenge in playing music is that it involves much repetition. The gifted musician is one able to internalise what has been learnt and progress quickly to more difficult challenges. Why practice scales? Scale practice does help in improving technique and spatial awareness of the keyboard layout. Security in playing scales means that the fingers get used to being in the right place. Playing scales is good preparation for playing more difficult pieces Scales played on a piano or keyboard require that the fingers are all equal in strength and in this respect they are useful although there are other exercises helpful particularly thirds that are helpful it equalising finger strength from the keyboard playing point of view. If you play a keyboard standing up ensure that you at a comfortable level with the weight of the hands going downwards. Images of keyboard players playing with their hands above shoulder height is not great for encouraging good technique. Playing scales encourages the development of a secure and controlled technique in playing. Playing scales particularly when playing in contrary motion encourages independence of the hands. Playing scales is helpful in managing stretches and stresses in keyboard playing. pdf sheet music scores and mp3 accompaniments can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. Improve music practice routines using PlentyMusic accompaniments and music scores. Beginner, improver, intermediate and advanced level sheet music scores are available for many different musical instrument combinations. Music scores are written and presented in staff notation. Free scores are also available. Different performing styles are also represented on the PlentyMusic website from the very earliest to classical and more recent popular times. Close

Invitación (Invitation) piano solo (original)

Invitación by Ignacio Cervantes is a short appealing work. An intermediate level piano solo this is in the original key of Em and features the Cuban Read More...

Invitación by Ignacio Cervantes is a short appealing work. An intermediate level piano solo this is in the original key of Em and features the Cuban habanera pattern is an excellent piece for developing both solo and ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills especially if some ensemble playing is envisaged. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice although the music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. pitched percussion

In this arrangement conceived for 4 marimba players with two instruments available. Marimba parts 1 and 2 are scored in the treble clef and parts 3 an Read More...

In this arrangement conceived for 4 marimba players with two instruments available. Marimba parts 1 and 2 are scored in the treble clef and parts 3 and 4 in the bass clef. The score is formatted as a one document pdf file with individual parts for the marimba players appended to the full score. Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation sounds in the key of D it plays at a tempo of 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape also features strongly. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. tenor horn & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an enco Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encore in a performing context. In this version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute whilst the sample used is one of a horn though not specifically a tenor horn.The tenor horn is a transposing instruments and the part sounds a major sixth lower than written. What is paramount in a performance is that the music does not stutter in the tempo changing sense during a performance. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. There is the suggestion that no two performances could ever be the same simply because of the acoustic and possibly the mood of the soloist. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. mandolin & classical guitar

A melody that is hauntingly beautiful characterises this encore and shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimental. This intermediate level ar Read More...

A melody that is hauntingly beautiful characterises this encore and shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimental. This intermediate level arrangement for mandolin and classical or acoustic is a cut down version of Opus 51 No.6. and features an alternative ending which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. The guitar part is a simplified version of the piano part with the music transposed to the key of G. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, and 44 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. The mandolin and guitar parts are presented both in standard notation & TAB. The mandolin part does not feature the tremolo technique so characteristic of mandolin playing although they possibly could be added in the middle section. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this short Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shortened encore version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. alto saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for alto saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shor Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for alto saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shortened encore version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds.As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. tenor saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this sho Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shortened version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds.As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. baritone horn & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for baritone horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an e Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for baritone horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encore in a performing context. In this version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute which the music editor feels on reflection is probably a little on the fast side. The baritone part is notated in the treble clef and sounds a ninth lower than written. Please advise the PlentyMusic office if you require a bass clef option. What is paramount in a performance is that the music does not stutter in the tempo changing sense during a performance. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. There is the suggestion that no two performances could ever be the same simply because of the acoustic and possibly the mood of the soloist. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. euphonium & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for euphonium and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encor Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for euphonium and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encore in a performing context. In this version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute which the music editor feels on reflection is probably a little on the fast side. The euphonium part is notated in the treble clef. Should players require a bass clef version please advise the PlentyMusic office. What is paramount in a performance is that the music does not stutter in the tempo changing sense during a performance. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. There is the suggestion that no two performances could ever be the same simply because of the acoustic and possibly the mood of the soloist. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. violin & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for violin and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 ideal as an encore. Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for violin and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 ideal as an encore. In this cut down arrangement an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. viola & classical guitar

An intermediate level arrangement for viola and classical guitar of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this c Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for viola and classical guitar of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down encore arrangement an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42 & 44 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. viola & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for viola and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down arr Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for viola and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down arrangement an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. bass trombone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for bass trombone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In th Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for bass trombone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Warum willst du And’re fragen arr. piano

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for solo piano Dating from 1841 this is a ref Read More...

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for solo piano Dating from 1841 this is a reflective and contemplative romantic instrumental arrangement #sheet music & accompaniment links: This arrangement was quite easy to create because the piano part essentially doubles the melody. There should always be a focus on communicating beauty of sound and tone when playing Clara Schumann’s and music by her contemporaries. The voicing particularly in the piano accompaniment is always very considered with the harmonic writing demonstrating chromatic elements typically found in music of its composition date. Players who want to understand or even confirm phrasing options should simply sing the melody and identify places in the score where it is necessary to breathe. There are subtle tempo changes needed as the movement progresses with slowing downs required at the ends of phrases. Returning to a tempo particularly at the start of phrases is an important aspect of performing this music successfully. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended but only indicated in the opening bars. The music editor suggests only light use so that the harmonic lines are not blurred or become muddy. There is quite obviously a strong connection and similarities between the composition approach of Robert and Clara Schumann's music. Clara in fact edited much of her husband's music for publishers in the 19th century and was an immense musical talent in her own right. The melody is quite reminiscent of the opening song from Robert Schumann's Dichterliebe song cycle. This is one of the songs that Clara Schumann contributed to Robert Schumann’s 12 Gedichte Aus Liebesfruling Opus 37 Close

Warum willst du And’re fragen arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. Dating from 1841 Read More...

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. Dating from 1841 this is a reflective and contemplative romantic instrumental arrangement. The realisation plays back at 74 quarter note crotchet beats per minute. In the arrangement the piano generally doubles the melody which whilst reassuring for the instrumental soloist doesn't represent best practice in a musical sense. There should always be a focus on communicating beauty of sound and tone when playing Clara Schumann’s and music by her contemporaries. The voicing particularly in the piano accompaniment is always very considered with the harmonic writing demonstrating chromatic elements typically found in music of its composition date. Players who want to understand or even confirm phrasing options should simply sing the melody and identify places in the score where it is necessary to breathe. There are subtle tempo changes needed as the movement progresses with slowing downs required at the ends of phrases. Returning to a tempo particularly at the start of phrases is an important aspect of performing this music successfully. Use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended in the accompaniment but is only indicated in the opening bars. The music editor suggests only light use so that the harmonic lines are not blurred or become muddy. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 72, 74 and 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. These provide an opportunity for instrumentalists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of regular home music practice routines. There is quite obviously a strong connection and similarities between the composition approach of Robert and Clara Schumann's music. Clara in fact edited much of her husband's music for publishers in the 19th century and was an immense musical talent in her own right. The melody is quite reminiscent of the opening song from Robert Schumann's Dichterliebe song cycle. Additionally, this is one of the songs that Clara Schumann contributed to Robert Schumann’s 12 Gedichte Aus Liebesfruling Opus 37 Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. flute & classical guitar

A melody that is hauntingly beautiful characterises this encore and shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimental. This intermediate level ar Read More...

A melody that is hauntingly beautiful characterises this encore and shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimental. This intermediate level arrangement for flute and classical or acoustic is a cut down version of Opus 51 No.6. and features an alternative ending which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. The guitar part is a simplified version of the piano part with the music transposed to the key of G. The guitar part is presented both in standard notation & TAB. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, and 44 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Warum willst du And’re fragen arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for soprano saxophone & piano. Dating from 18 Read More...

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for soprano saxophone & piano. Dating from 1841 this is a reflective and contemplative romantic instrumental arrangement #sheet music & accompaniment links: In the arrangement the piano generally doubles the melody which whilst reassuring for the instrumental soloist doesn't represent best practice in a musical sense. There should always be a focus on communicating beauty of sound and tone when playing Clara Schumann’s and music by her contemporaries. The voicing particularly in the piano accompaniment is always very considered with the harmonic writing demonstrating chromatic elements typically found in music of its composition date. Players who want to understand or even confirm phrasing options should simply sing the melody and identify places in the score where it is necessary to breathe. There are subtle tempo changes needed as the movement progresses with slowing downs required at the ends of phrases. Returning to a tempo particularly at the start of phrases is an important aspect of performing this music successfully. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended but only indicated in the opening bars. The music editor suggests only light use so that the harmonic lines are not blurred or become muddy. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 72, 74 and 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. These provide an opportunity for instrumentalists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of regular music practice routines. There is quite obviously a strong connection and similarities between the composition approach of Robert and Clara Schumann's music. Clara in fact edited much of her husband's music for publishers in the 19th century and was an immense musical talent in her own right. The melody is quite reminiscent of the opening song from Robert Schumann's Dichterliebe song cycle. This is one of the songs that Clara Schumann contributed to Robert Schumann’s 12 Gedichte Aus Liebesfruling Opus 37 Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. oboe & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe and piano of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 The music is hauntingly beautiful and this arr Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe and piano of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 The music is hauntingly beautiful and this arrangement is an encore version with an alternative which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this cut down shorter version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. bassoon & piano

A hauntingly beautiful piece with a melody that the music editor suggests could and should be an ideal earworm. An intermediate level arrangement for Read More...

A hauntingly beautiful piece with a melody that the music editor suggests could and should be an ideal earworm. An intermediate level arrangement for bassoon and piano of an encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In t Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo is 40 dotted half notes (minims) to the bar. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the piano accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. cello & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for cello and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for cello and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. piano

An intermediate level piano solo arrangement of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut version an alternative ending is provide Read More...

An intermediate level piano solo arrangement of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Players can see the intended cadenza on the ossia staff and can develop their own closing section which may combine a combination of rhythmic patterns and melodic shapes. Formally this short version of the movement can be described to be internary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 46 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. soprano saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. I Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds.As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. flute & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for flute and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In this cut do Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for flute and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The realisation plays back at 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music.Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arr. saxophone quartet

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for saxophone quartet comprising so Read More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxophones. Individual instrument parts are attached to the full score which is available from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. If circumstances arise then there the music could be performed by an ensemble with each part played by more than one instrument. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. Those who enjoy improvising can always record their work can send it as an mp3 to the PlentyMusic office for feedback. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score which is available to view on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor observes that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

It Is A Date

As a beginner score the letter names of the notes appear in the note heads and suggested fingering is in place. The tempo of the playback on the video Read More...

As a beginner score the letter names of the notes appear in the note heads and suggested fingering is in place. The tempo of the playback on the video score is 84 half note or minim beats to the minute. Playing a blues structured piece of music does encourage fluent playing and the development of musical memory. The 12 bar blues forms the basis of much popular music of the 20th century. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. string trio

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for string trio of violin, viola and cello. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements t Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for string trio of violin, viola and cello. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. String parts fo=r violin, viola and cello are appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the violin 1 plays the higher voice 1, the viola plays the middle voice 2 and the cello voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both in playing and listening contexts. Accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and featuring the viola and cello are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. They are recorded at 256kbps. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences occurring in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Serenade arr. tenor recorder & classical guitar

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. This arrangement is for tenor recorder and classical guitar and is i Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. This arrangement is for tenor recorder and classical guitar and is in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a guitar accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. Observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while a French horn part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 guitar accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments provide the tenor recorder player with the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. clarinet in A & piano

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet in A and piano sounds in the key of C Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet in A and piano sounds in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a piano accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. There are some octave transpositions in the clarinet part and observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while an oboe part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats do not play in the realisation. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments provide the clarinet player the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. violin & piano

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for violin and piano in the key of C whilst the Plen Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for violin and piano in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a piano accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. Observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested and a violin part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments the violinist the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. There is quiet an amount of playing for the string player. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. viola & piano

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for viola and piano in the key of C whilst the Plent Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for viola and piano in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a piano accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. There are some octave transpositions in the viola part and observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested whilst an oboe part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments the violist the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. There is quite an amount of playing for the string player. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. clarinet quartet with Eb clarinet

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet quartet marked Andante cantabile includ Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet quartet marked Andante cantabile includes a clarinet in Eb, 2 clarinets in Bb and a bass clarinet in the arrangement and sounds in the key of B flat. The PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with the accompaniments playing staccato or at least detached . A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 clarinet accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments feature the clarinet in Bb 2, clarinetin Bb 3 and bass clarinet parts and gives opportunity to the clarinet in Bb 1 player to practice in an ensemble context. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) whi are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. clarinet quartet

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet quartet marked Andante cantabile in thi Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet quartet marked Andante cantabile in this arrangement sounds in the key of B flat whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a pizzicato strings style detached accompaniment. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 clarinet accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments feature the clarinet in Bb 2, clarinetin Bb 3 and bass clarinet parts and gives opportunity to the clarinet in Bb 1 player to practice in an ensemble context. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) whi are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. string orchestra

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a familiar classical string quartet. This is an arrangement for string orchestra comprising violins 1, v Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a familiar classical string quartet. This is an arrangement for string orchestra comprising violins 1, violin 2 violas, cellos & double basses in the key of C with the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve personal music practice by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a pizzicato strings accompaniment. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested whilst the score is marked Andante cantabile. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which is available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats do not play in the realisation or video score although they are in place on the sheet music pdf download. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played while the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are always a confusing element in music performance are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. There is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with some differences to the phrasing and articulations indicated and suggested in the score. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. trio of flute, classical guitar & upright bass

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. This arrangement is for a trio of flute, classical guitar and uprigh Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. This arrangement is for a trio of flute, classical guitar and upright bass. The tempo indication is Andante cantabile whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies and learn about classical music by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with the plucked accompaniments on an acoustic guitar and upright or acoustic bass offering suitable contrast. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments feature the classical guitar and upright bass sounds although in a performance other instruments could be substituted. This is a PlentyMusic mix and match arrangement giving flute players the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context with a variety of instrument options. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. It is also appropriate as a performance piece for a wedding, graduation or presentation where music appropriate for a formal occasion is needed. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement and are an option in a music performance. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element the music needs to be played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. guitar trio

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from the classical repertoire that can be arranged for many different combinations of instruments. Th Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from the classical repertoire that can be arranged for many different combinations of instruments. This arrangement for guitar trio requires two six string and a 4 string bass. In the PlentyMusic realisation electric guitars have been used and the pdf download has conventional notation and TAB charts in place. Improve music practice routines by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato whilst the guitar and bass accompaniments offer an appropriate contrasting accompaniment. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested. Individual parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments provide the guitar 1 player with the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments establishing the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. It’s a movement that gives opportunity to players to learn much about classical music from the playing, musicianship and theoretical perspectivies. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. alto saxophone, electric guitar & bass guitar

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from the classical repertoire that adopts well to a crossover interpretation. This arrangement for a Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from the classical repertoire that adopts well to a crossover interpretation. This arrangement for alto saxophone, electric guitar & bass guitar has the PlentyMusic realisation playing back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato whilst the guitar and bass accompaniments offer and appropriate contrasting accompaniment. Observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while individual parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments provide the alto saxophone player with the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score available on our YouTube channel all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. organ

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for organ with pedals in the key of C whilst the Ple Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for organ with pedals in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with an accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. There is opportunity for organists to introduce more variety in the registrations than is demonstrated in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation. An ideal performance piece and also appropriate for weddings because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly in respect to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. string quartet (Andante Cantabile)

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The movement marked Andante cantabile is in the key of C whilst the Read More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The movement marked Andante cantabile is in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a pizzicato strings accompaniment. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 string accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments feature the pizzicato strings of violin 2, viola and cello and give opportunity to the violin 1 player to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a string quartet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) whi are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. This score was added to the website in 2023. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. baritone (horn) & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for baritone (horn) wit Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for baritone (horn) with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. The baritone part has been notated in the treble clef and sounds a ninth lower than written. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. tenor horn & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for tenor horn with pia Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for tenor horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. English horn (cor anglais) & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for English horn with p Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for English horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. piano | intermediate level

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for piano the sounding key is Eb with th Read More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for piano the sounding key is Eb with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Pianists can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as AB. The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. organ with pedals | intermediate level | Eb

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for organ with pedals the sounding key i Read More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for organ with pedals the sounding key is Eb with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Organists can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. It is ideal piece of music for the Christmas season or Mothering Sunday. Brahms composed organ music and his Opus 122 chorale preludes are also worth exploring. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. viola & piano | intermediate level | E flat major

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for viola with piano acco Read More...

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for viola with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. violin & piano | intermediate level | D major

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano a Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment the sounding key is D and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. violin & piano | intermediate level | F major

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano a Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. trombone & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trombone with piano Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice or in this case instrument. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. French horn & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for French horn with pian Read More...

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for French horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices the music is usually transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice or in this case instrument. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. trumpet in Bb & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trumpet in Bb with Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. tenor saxophone & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone w Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. soprano saxophone & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone w Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s int Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines with PlentyMusic piano accompaniments playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 & 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute which are available from the PlentyMusic website. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. violin & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum dating from 1780. The arranger’s intention has b Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum dating from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available from the PlentyMusic website. Violinists need to aiming to play with as beautiful a legato as possible aiming to phrase the music to communicate the beauty of the melodic line. This is also an excellent movement for players to work at improving tonal quality and tonal range in their playing. A movement that is quite long in respect to playing time but the fact that the melody is shared does enable each of the players to prepare for their solos. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The oboist shares the melody with the piano and there is no doubling of parts The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work to study the breathing and phrasing of the singers. This is also an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are additionally a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. soprano saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available. Soprano players need to be aiming to play with a beautiful legato, planning their breathing carefully and aiming to phrase the music to communicate the beauty of the melodic line. It is an excellent movement for players to work at improving tonal quality and tonal range in their playing. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work to study the breathing and phrasing of the singers. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s in Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines by using PlentyMusic piano accompaniments playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute available from the PlentyMusic website. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. oboe & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention h Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. flute & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention h Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available. Flautists need to aiming to play with a beautiful legato, planning their breathing carefully and aiming to phrase the music to communicate the beauty of the melodic line. Additionally this is an excellent movement for flautists to work at improving tonal quality and tonal range in their playing. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. It is quite a long piece to play but sections where the piano has the melody gives the flautist the time and opportunity to prepare. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339 As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work to study the breathing and phrasing of the singers. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. organ with pedals | intermediate level

An instrumental arrangement for intermediate level organ of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum from the Veperae solemnise de Confessore K.339 which dates from Read More...

An instrumental arrangement for intermediate level organ of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum from the Veperae solemnise de Confessore K.339 which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece containing the melody, the arpeggiated chordal accompaniment and bass line. This is classical music in its truest sense. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute . The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece where reflection is appropriate. As there is a reduction in the musical texture as some of the musical content has been omitted. As a movement lasting about 4 minutes at the suggested tempo players need to be aiming to be playing consistently. A playing approach where two beats in the bar is communicated rather than two groups of three is suggested. Vocal performances do tend to be performed at a slower tempo than those played by instruments. Vocal models have been used for an interpretation of the ornaments in the realisation. They can of course be interpreted differently although consistency does need to prevail in a performance. The ornaments have been written out in full in the video sheet music score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel if there is a need for clarification. The piano and organ versions of the arrangement have slightly different bass lines simply reflecting the practicalities of the instrument. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. piano solo | intermediate level

An instrumental arrangement for intermediate level piano of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum dating from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepar Read More...

An instrumental arrangement for intermediate level piano of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum dating from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece containing the melody, the arpeggiated chordal accompaniment and bass line. This is classical music in its truest sense. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute . The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece for reflection. Laudate Dominum is a movement from the Veperae solemnise de Confessore K.339 As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the musical content has been omitted. The intention of the music editor has been to prepare an arrangement which contains the melody, the arpeggiated chordal accompaniment and bass line. There is the option of exploring the texture more fully with the addition of octaves in the section from bar The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. A playing approach where two beats in the bar is communicated rather than two groups of three is suggested. Vocal performances do tend to be performed at a slower tempo than those that are instrumental. In the piano version the original contexts are indicated in the score which should be a helpful assist in interpreting and understanding the music. Vocal models have been used for an interpretation of the ornaments in the realisation. The trills can of course be interpreted differently although consistency does need to prevail in a performance. The ornaments have been written out in full in the video sheet music score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel if there is a need for clarification. The piano and organ versions of the arrangement have slightly different bass lines each reflecting the practicality of the instrument. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. bassoon with piano accompaniment | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. oboe with piano accompaniment | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for oboe with piano acc Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. flute with piano accompaniment | intermediate level | D

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano ac Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment the sounding key is D and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by a different range of voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are also wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests at least learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and above all the imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approaches can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. flute with piano accompaniment | intermediate level | Eb

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano ac Read More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western notated music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by a different range of voices the music is often transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are also wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests at least learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and above all the imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approaches can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. wind quartet | intermediate level | F major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for wind quartet comprising flute, oboe, Read More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for wind quartet comprising flute, oboe, clarinet in Bb and bassoon sounding in the key F with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The free sheet music score available from PlentyMusic has individual parts appended to the full score. Wind players can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The function of these accompaniments is to provide an ensemble playing experience for flute players in a home studio situation. The oboe and clarinet in Bb parts are quite challenging to play and so an introductory 2 bar wood block introduction can be heard on the accompaniment mp3. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the flute player to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. string quartet | intermediate level | D major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for string quartet comprising 2 violins, Read More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for string quartet comprising 2 violins, viola and cello sounding in the key D with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The free sheet music score available from PlentyMusic has individual parts appended to the full score. String players can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The function of these accompaniments is to provide an ensemble playing experience for violin players in a home studio situation. The violin 2 and viola parts are quite challenging to play and so an introductory 2 bar wood block introduction can be heard on the accompaniment mp3. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the violin 1 player to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. saxophone quartet | intermediate level | E Flat major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for saxophone quartet comprising soprano Read More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, 2 alto and baritone saxophones sounding in the key Eb with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The free sheet music score available from PlentyMusic has individual parts appended to the full score. Saxophonists can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The function of these accompaniments is to provide an ensemble playing experience for soprano saxophone players in a home studio situation. The alto saxophone parts are quite challenging to play and so an introductory 2 bar wood block introduction can be heard on the accompaniment mp3. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soprano saxophone player to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. clarinet quartet | intermediate level | E Flat major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarin Read More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet sounding in Eb with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The free sheet music score available from PlentyMusic has individual parts appended to the full score. Clarinettists can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The function of these accompaniments is to provide an ensemble playing experience from clarinet in Bb players in a home studio situation. The lilting clarinet in Bb parts 2 and 3 are quite challenging to play and so an introductory 2 bar wood block intro can be heard on the accompaniment mp3. Should an additional parts be required for a clarinet in Eb please advise the PlentyMusic office. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the clarinet in Bb 1 player to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. cello & piano | intermediate level | F major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical / romantic music repertoire. In this arrangement for cello with piano accompan Read More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical / romantic music repertoire. In this arrangement for cello with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played to communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Waltz No.15 Opus 39 arr. piano solo | intermediate level

Johannes Brahms Waltz Opus 39 No. 15 arranged for solo piano The realisation plays back at 108 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The susta Read More...

Johannes Brahms Waltz Opus 39 No. 15 arranged for solo piano The realisation plays back at 108 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The sustaining pedal is used throughout the movement and has been indicated in the score for the first two lines of the sheet music. Pedalling principles can be quite confusing but the music editor offers the following advice: i) the sustaining pedal can be used sparingly with a ¼ pedal or incrementally as a ½, ¾ or full pedal ii) The pedal normally changes when the harmony or chord changes iii) the pedal is depressed essentially just after first sound that needs to be captured with a pedal sound iv) the pedal is released as the notes are depressed for the change in harmony then depressed again (In this movement release the pedal on the first beat of the bar and depress it again before sounding the second beat) The pdf music score available from PlentyMusic has the pedalling clearly indicated for the first two lines of music. The intention must be to avoid muddiness in the sound. v) too much pedalling or over pedalling causes too harmonic confusion (muddiness) in the sound vi) the music editor suggests a change of pedal on the first and third beat of the bar This is an excellent performance piece but does need to be well prepared as a popular piece a pianist cannot afford to make even the tiniest of mistakes. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period is also a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch certainly in their melody playing. Whilst there are staccato markings in the left hand part this is hidden by the use of the sustain pedal. There is an indication in the score for many of the chords to be arpeggiated imitating the sound of the harp. Not all the chords are played in this way although some pianists adopt the technique for all chords in the movement. The speed of the arpeggio is something that the software used is not able to control and the arpeggios in the realisation are possibly a little on the slow side. The last eight bars particularly need to be played with a light touch and probably warrants some separate practice. The notes to be sounded in the right hand on the first beat of bars 41 and 42 are Ab5 & F6. The other notes are tied oved from the previous bar. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as AABABA . The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. The waltz emerged as a popular dance form in secular music during the 19th century and was used in both vocal and instrumental music. The music editor suggests that playing this movement is excellent preparation for playing music by Scott Joplin and other composers of the ragtime era. Being able to play the left hand chord progressions particularly with the left hand is a challenge but has great relevance and context in the playing of modern piano music. Chopin’s piano music similarly offers great preparation. Analysis of the movement from the harmonic point of view reveals that the tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale of Ab all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. It remains the essence of why the music and musical journey of movements were so attractive and appealing to the musical ear. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This miniature requires a relatively basic keyboard technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music on a piano. The music editor also suggests that it excellent preparation for playing the popular music from a later generation namely ragtime. Joplin was well prepared as a composer by playing the music of Chopin. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. There is a piano duet version of the waltz also available. Close

Waltz No.15 Opus 39 arr. piano duet | intermediate level

Johannes Brahms Waltz Opus 39 No. 15 arranged for piano duet. The primo part player contributes with the melodic element whilst the secondo player pla Read More...

Johannes Brahms Waltz Opus 39 No. 15 arranged for piano duet. The primo part player contributes with the melodic element whilst the secondo player plays the bass and chords. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo parts. The primo part sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniments are available playing at 96, 100, 104. 108 and 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players in respect to managing the music desk. The realisation plays back at 108 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. The last eight bars particularly in the primo part need to be played with a light touch. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as ABABA The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. In the video score, which can be viewed on our YouTube Channel the graphics, namely the score detail, behaves rather consistently and some are missing Brahms Waltzes Opus 39 were composed in 1865 a time in music history when piano duets were very popular particularly for use in music rooms in 19th century homes. Along with other more intimate music of the time, such as lied (song) they were often described as being salon music. Schubert, Brahms, Dvorak and others composed music specifically intended to be played as piano duets whilst there were arrangements of symphonies and other music of the day. The waltz emerged as a popular dance form in secular music during the 19th century and was used in both vocal and instrumental music. Analysis particularly of the secondo part reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale of A all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. The piano available to Brahms in the late 1860’s would have had a much thinner sound compared with a modern instrument. As the tonal qualities would not have as been as strong as a modern piano players may need to consider softening and quietening their approach to playing the bass octaves. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This miniature requires a relatively basic keyboard technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music on a keyboard. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. There are many piano duets to explore on the PlentyMusic website and more will be added in the future. There is a solo piano version of the waltz also available. Close

Cradle Song (Lullaby) arr. piano or keyboard | beginner level

This beginner level arrangement is available from PlentyMusic as a free sheet music score. It is intended to be used in group music teaching contexts. Read More...

This beginner level arrangement is available from PlentyMusic as a free sheet music score. It is intended to be used in group music teaching contexts. The beginner arrangement has the melody played by the right hand accompanied by chords intended to be played by the left hand. There are graphics indicating the notes to be played in the chords and the melody notes have the letter names in the notehead. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Play-a-long accompaniments to encourage ensemble and solo playing are available emphasising either the melody or the chords. They are recorded at tempos of 84, 88 and 92 beats per minute and each is introduced with a click beat. If additional accompaniments are required please advise the PlentyMusic office. The sheet music download has suggested fingering and dynamics in place although the latter may only be relevant on touch sensitive instruments. Keyboard players should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing. In this beginner version ornamentation has been omitted but they are in place in the improver level sheet music score. One of the most famous and loved melodies of what is often described as the classical music repertoire although Brahms should more accurately identified as a romantic composer. The Cradle Song or Lullaby was composed by J. Brahms as the song “Weigenlied” and published in 1868. There are many beginner level piano & keyboard pieces available as free sheet pdf downloads from the PlentyMusic website Close

Cradle Song (Lullaby) arr. piano or keyboard | improver level

This improver level arrangement is available from PlentyMusic as a free sheet music score. This improver level two part piano or keyboard arrangement Read More...

This improver level arrangement is available from PlentyMusic as a free sheet music score. This improver level two part piano or keyboard arrangement available as a pdf sheet music download has suggested fingering and dynamics in place. Players should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing. One of the most famous and loved melodies of what is often described as the classical music repertoire although Brahms should more accurately identified as a romantic composer. The Cradle Song or Lullaby was composed by J. Brahms as the song “Weigenlied” and published in 1868. There are many improver level piano & keyboard pieces available as free sheet pdf downloads from the PlentyMusic website. the music scores can be explored either on the website or our YouTube channel. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. trumpet in B flat (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the the trumpet player contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist plays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. viola (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for viola playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movement Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for viola playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the violist contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist plays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A viola part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. French horn (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for French horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent mo Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for French horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the French horn player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the French horn contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist plays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A French horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. English horn (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for English horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent m Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for English horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the horn player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the English horn contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist cplays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. clarinet in B flat (middle voice 2) & piano

J. S. Bach’s Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are exc Read More...

J. S. Bach’s Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve #musicpractice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the alto saxophonist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the clarinet player in Bb plays voice 2 with the pianist contributing voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. alto saxophone (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for alto saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mus Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for alto saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines and strategies. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the alto saxophonist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the alto saxophonist plays voice 2 with the pianist contributing with voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve musi Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the trumpet player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. Playing the voice 2 arrangement may well be an easier option In this arrangement the trumpet player plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voices 2 and 3 . The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. There is a one note octave transposition in bar 51 and oboists may choose to play the middle C in the previous bar an octave higher to keep the shape of the line/voice. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. violin and piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for violin and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music pract Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for violin and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violinist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the violinist plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A violin part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. soprano saxophone in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for soprano saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for soprano saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the soprano saxophone player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the soprano saxophonist plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mus Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the clarinettist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the clarinet plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An clarinet part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. oboe & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for oboe and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practic Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for oboe and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the oboist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the oboe plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. There is a one note octave transposition in bar 51 and oboists may choose to play the middle C in the previous bar an octave higher to keep the shape of the line/voice. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. flute & piano.

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 by J.S. Bach arranged for flute and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music pra Read More...

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 by J.S. Bach arranged for flute and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the flute player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the flute plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A flute part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. There is just one octave transposition in bar 51 and flautists may choose to play the middle C in the previous bar an octave higher to keep the shape of the line/voice. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. double reed woodwind trio | oboe, English horn & bassoon

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for double reed woodwind trio of oboe, English horn & bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for double reed woodwind trio of oboe, English horn & bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Woodwind accompaniments, featuring the English horn and bassoon, playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the flute player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the oboe plays voice 1, the English horn voice 2 and the bassoon voice 3. The woodwind trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Instrument parts are appended to the full music score. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. Woodwind players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that feature in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed with a clarity and intention. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. woodwind trio | flute, clarinet in Bb & bassoon

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb & bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb & bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Woodwind accompaniments, featuring the clarinet in Bb and bassoon, playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the flute player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the flute plays voice 1, the clarinet in Bb voice 2 and the bassoon voice 3. The woodwind trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Instrument parts are appended to the full music score. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. Woodwind players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that feature in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed with a clarity and intention. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. saxophone trio | soprano, alto & baritone saxophones

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for saxophone trio. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practic Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for saxophone trio. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Saxophone accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the soprano saxophone player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the soprano saxophone plays voice 1, the alto saxophone voice 2 and the baritone saxophone voice 3. The saxophone trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. Saxophonists should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. clarinet trio

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet trio The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet trio The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Clarinet accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the clarinet in Bb 1 player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement clarinets in Bb 1 and 2 play voices 1 and 2 whilst the bass clarinet contributes with voice 3. The clarinet trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Appropriately transposed instrument parts are appended to the full music score. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. Clarinettists should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed with an objective approach. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. marimba, guitar & upright bass.

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for marimba, guitar & upright bass. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to impro Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for marimba, guitar & upright bass. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the marimba player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the marimba plays voice 1, the guitar voice 2 and the upright bass voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The guitar and double bass are both transposing instruments and sound an octave lower than written. This means that the bass part is an octave lower than intended from Bach’s original writing. In the realisation an electric guitar sound has been used but could be substituted by an acoustic guitar. For that matter, an electric bass could also substitute for an upright bass. The fact that the bass sound is an octave lower does create great space in the texture. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. brass trio | trumpet in Bb, French horn & bass trombone

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for brass trio of trumpet in Bb, French horn & bass trombone The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are exc Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for brass trio of trumpet in Bb, French horn & bass trombone The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Brass accompaniments, featuring the French horn and bass trombone, playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the trumpet in B flat player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the trumpet in Bb plays voice 1, the French horn voice 2 and the bass trombone voice 3. The brass trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Appropriately transposed instrument parts are appended to the full music score. Please advise the PlentyMusic office should you require any additional arrangements and accompaniments with a specification as to the instrumentation and tempo. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. Brass players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that feature in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed with a clarity and intention. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. string trio of violin, viola & cello

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for string trio of violin, viola & cello. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for string trio of violin, viola & cello. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. String accompaniments, featuring the viola and cello, playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violinist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the violinist plays voice 1, the violist voice 2 and the cellist voice 3. The string trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full music score. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. String players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they are not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed with an objectivity. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. classical guitar trio

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for intermediate level classical guitar trio. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movement Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for intermediate level classical guitar trio. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 transcribed from the key of Gm to Dm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full music score which is available as a download from the PlentyMusic website. In this arrangement each guitar plays one of the voices or parts in the three part Sinfonia The classical guitar trio realisation plays back at 30 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Guitar accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement as part of an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly explains or at suggests one of the many reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument requiring the need for a second person to operate the bellows was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. woodwind trio (double reed)

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for a double reed woodwind trio of oboe, English horn (Cor anglais) and bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for a double reed woodwind trio of oboe, English horn (Cor anglais) and bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. Woodwind parts for oboe, English horn, appropriately transposed and bassoon are appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the oboist plays the higher voice 1, the English horn player the middle voice 2 and the bassoonist voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both in playing and listening contexts. Accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and featuring the clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet parts are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences occurring in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. woodwind trio

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellen Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. Woodwind parts for flute, clarinet in Bb appropriately transposed and bassoon are appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the flautist plays the higher voice 1, the clarinet in Bb plays the middle voice 2 and the bassoon player voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both in playing and listening contexts. Accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and featuring the clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet parts are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences occurring in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. saxophone trio

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. saxophone trio Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for saxophone trio of soprano, alto and baritone saxophones. The Sinfon Read More...

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. saxophone trio Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for saxophone trio of soprano, alto and baritone saxophones. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. Saxophone parts appropriately transposed are appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the soprano saxophonist plays the higher voice 1, the alto saxophonist plays the middle voice 2 and the baritone saxophonist voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both in playing and listening contexts. Accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and featuring the clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet parts are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences occurring in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. clarinet trio

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet trio of 2 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excelle Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet trio of 2 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. Clarinet parts appropriately transposed are appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement clarinet in B flat 1 plays the higher voice 1, the clarinet in Bb 2 plays the middle voice 2 and the bass clarinet voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both in playing and listening contexts. Accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and featuring the clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet parts are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences occurring in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. Trumpet in B Flat (middle voice) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensembl Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the trumpet player plays the middle voice 2 whilst the pianist contributes with voices 1 and 3 The trumpet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note beats crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. clarinet in B Flat (middle voice) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemb Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the clarinetist plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. English horn & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for English horn (Cor anglais) & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to im Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for English horn (Cor anglais) & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. An English horn (Cor anglais) part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the English horn (Cor anglais) plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The English horn (Cor anglais) and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. alto saxophone & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for alto saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensem Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for alto saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. An alto saxphone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the alto saxophonist plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The alto saxophone and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. viola & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for viola & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for viola & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. A viola part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the violist plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The viola and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music p Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 sounds in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A trumpet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the trumpet player plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The trumpet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. violin & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for violin & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for violin & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A violin part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the violinist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The soprano saxophone and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for soprano saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mus Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for soprano saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the soprano saxophonist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The soprano saxophone and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. oboe & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for oboe & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice r Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for oboe & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. An oboe part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the oboist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The oboe and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in B Flat & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mu Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in B Flat & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the clarinetist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23 Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. flute & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for flute & piano The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice r Read More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for flute & piano The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. A flute part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the flute plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano contributes with voices 2 and 3 The flute and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Tambourin arr. brass quintet

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for brass quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Plenty Read More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for brass quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for a well prepared brass group. The arrangement is scored for 2 trumpets in Bb, French horn, trombone and tuba. A bass trombone can be used as a substitute for the tuba. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 112 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge solo players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the trumpet in Bb 1 part in the section 51-57. The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Individual parts for the 5 instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments / backing tracks are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute giving the trumpet in Bb 1 the opportunity to practice in context. ? Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. saxophone quintet

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for saxophone quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Pl Read More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for saxophone quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for a well prepared and competent saxophone group. The arrangement is scored for soprano, 2 alto tenor and baritone saxophones. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 112 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge solo players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the clarinet in Bb 1 part in the section 51-57. The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Individual parts for the 5 instruments are appended to the full score in the pdf download. Accompaniments / backing tracks are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute giving the soprano saxophonist the opportunity to practice in context. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. clarinet quintet

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for clarinet quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Ple Read More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for clarinet quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for a well prepared clarinet group. The arrangement is scored for 3 clarinets in Bb and 2 bass clarinets. If there is an Eb clarinet available please advise the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will update the score. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 112 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge solo players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the clarinet in Bb 1 part in the section 51-57. The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Individual parts for the 5 instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments / backing tracks are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute giving the clarinet in Bb 1 the opportunity to practice in context. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France. He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. wind quintet

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for wind quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. Read More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for wind quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a concert piece. The arrangement is scored for flute, oboe, clarinet in Bb, horn in F (French horn) and bassoon. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 112 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge solo players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the clarinet in Bb 1 part in the section 51- 57. The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Individual parts for the 5 instruments are appended to the full score in the pdf download. Accompaniments / backing tracks are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute giving the flute player the opportunity to practice in context. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. violin and piano

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for violin and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Ple Read More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for violin and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a concert piece. The choice of tempo, managing the figuration in the section from bars 51-57 and how the melody is articulated especially from bars 80–89 identify just some of the performance challenges and considerations. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at as brisk a tempo as possible. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience. There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 57 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semiquavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. A violin part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. trumpet in B flat and piano

routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the compet Read More...

routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a concert piece. The choice of tempo, managing the figuration in the section from bars 51-57 and how the melody is articulated especially from bars 80–89 identify just some of the performance challenges and considerations. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at as brisk a tempo as possible. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience. There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 57 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semiquavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. A trumpet in Bb part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. ? Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. oboe and piano.

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for oboe and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Plenty Read More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for oboe and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a concert piece. The choice of tempo, managing the figuration in the section from bars 51-57 and how the melody is articulated especially from bars 80–89 identify just some of the performance challenges and considerations. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at as brisk a tempo as possible. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience. There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51-57 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semiquavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. An oboe part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. ? Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France. He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. soprano saxophone and piano.

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for soprano saxophone and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompanimen Read More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for soprano saxophone and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a concert piece. The choice of tempo, managing the figuration in the section from bars 51-57 and how the melody is articulated especially from bars 80–89 identify just some of the performance challenges and considerations. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at as brisk a tempo as possible. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience. There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 57 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semiquavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. clarinet in Bb and piano.

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for flute and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from the Read More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for flute and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from the PlentyMusic website. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting the choice of tempo is concerned. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 5.7 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. flute and piano

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for flute and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from the P Read More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for flute and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from the PlentyMusic website. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting the choice of tempo is concerned. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51-57.The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. A flute part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. piano

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for solo piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music from PlentyMusic. A short but very appe Read More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for solo piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a performance piece. The choice of tempo, managing the figuration in the section from bars 51-57 and how the melody is articulated especially from bars 80–89 identify are just some of the performance challenges to be considered. The dance element is particularly strong in French music and this dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has not indicated the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players need to play the movement at as brisk a tempo as possible. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 57. The music editor suggests playing the 7 bars first as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in B flat & bassoon

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for woodwind trio scored for flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the duration of the notes in this melancholy movement. The woodwind trio realisation plays back at 42 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune) in group music making contexts. No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments that feature the clarinet in Bb and bassoon are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. string trio of violin, viola & cello

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790 Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for string trio scored for violin, viola & cello. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the duration of the notes in this melancholy movement. The string trio realisation plays back at 42 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune) in group music making contexts. No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments that feature the viola and cello are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. saxophone trio of soprano, alto and baritone saxophones

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for saxophone trio. The arrangement is scored for soprano, alto and baritone saxophones As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the duration of the notes. The saxophone trio realisation plays back at 42 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune) in group music making contexts. No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments that feature the alto and baritone saxophone parts are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. clarinet trio

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for clarinet trio. The arrangement is scored for two clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The clarinet trio realisation plays back at 42 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune) in group music making. No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments that feature the clarinet 2 and bass clarinet parts are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. trumpet in B flat and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for trumpet in Bb & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The trumpet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. violin and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve #musicpractice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve #musicpractice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for violin & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values The violin and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Bach J. S. | Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. soprano saxophone and piano J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Read More...

Bach J. S. | Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. soprano saxophone and piano J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for soprano saxophone & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790 Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for clarinet in Bb & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. oboe and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790 Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for oboe & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The oboe and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. flute & piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Read More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for flute & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The flute and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

In the Hall of the Mountain King

A fun piece often associated with Halloween. Grieg’s In the Hall of the Mountain in a beginner keyboard arrangement intended for use in group teachi Read More...

A fun piece often associated with Halloween. Grieg’s In the Hall of the Mountain in a beginner keyboard arrangement intended for use in group teaching contexts. The sheet music score is presented with helpful graphics. Three backing tracks are available playing at 110, 120, and 138 beats per minute. The 16 bar melody and accompaniments plays through 3 times with the tempo speeding up in the final 16 bar section. Players can contribute to the ensemble at their own level playing either I, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bars of the melody or one or more of the chords. There are plenty of graphics to assist novice players and group leaders can clarify issues such as octaves, fingering choices, how to play off-beat chords and other arising notation and practical issues. The music editor suggests that this can be a very successful group music making activity because of the familiarity of the melody. Do contact PlentyMusic if you would like to see more group music making resources on the website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. flute, clarinet in B flat and bassoon.

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. This trio version realis Read More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. This trio version realisation plays back at 56 quarter or crotchet beats to the minute. The sinfonias are conceived in three parts or voices and are excellent ensemble pieces encouraging players to listen to each other. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all players need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the quarter note or crotchet pulse. Ornaments have not been marked in the sheet music score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for three instruments The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments are available featuring the alto and baritone saxophone providing opportunity for flute players to develop their ensemble playing in a home practice situation. They play at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter or crotchet beats notes to the minute They are recorded at 256kbps and a two bar introduction gives the pulse Please feedback your experience both positive and negative to PlentyMusic. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. saxophone trio of soprano, alto & baritone saxophones

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for saxophone trio of of soprano, alto and baritone saxophones This trio version Read More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for saxophone trio of of soprano, alto and baritone saxophones This trio version realisation plays back at 56 quarter or crotchet beats to the minute. The sinfonias are conceived in three parts or voices and are excellent ensemble pieces encouraging players to listen to each other. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all players need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the quarter note or crotchet pulse. Ornaments have not been marked in the sheet music score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for three instruments The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments are available featuring the alto and baritone saxophone providing opportunity for soprano saxophone players to develop their ensemble playing in a home practice situation. They play at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter or crotchet beats notes to the minute They are recorded at 256kbps and a two bar introduction gives the pulse Please feedback your experience both positive and negative to PlentyMusic. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. string trio of violin, viola & cello

An arrangement of J.S.Bach’s Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 for string trio of violin, viola and cello This trio version realisations plays back at 56 quarter Read More...

An arrangement of J.S.Bach’s Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 for string trio of violin, viola and cello This trio version realisations plays back at 56 quarter or crotchet beats to the minute. The sinfonias are conceived in three parts or voices and are excellent ensemble pieces encouraging players to listen to each other. The cellist plays pizzicato in this arrangement. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all players need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the quarter note or crotchet pulse. Ornaments have not been marked in the sheet music score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for three instruments The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments are available featuring the viola and cello providing opportunity for violin players to develop their ensemble playing in a home practice situation. They play at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter or crotchet beat notes to the minute They are recorded at 256kbps and a two bar introduction gives the pulse Please feedback your experience both positive and negative to PlentyMusic. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. violin and piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for violin and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music Read More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for violin and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for trumpet in B flat and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. Read More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for trumpet in B flat and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. soprano saxophone & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for soprano saxophone and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. Read More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for soprano saxophone and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the sheet music score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. oboe & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for oboe and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music edi Read More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for oboe and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. clarinet in B flat & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for clarinet in Bb and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. Th Read More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for clarinet in Bb and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions with regard to the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played, with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. flute and piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for flute and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music e Read More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for flute and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions with regard to the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played, with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Julia Florida arr. piano solo

Julia Florida by Agustín Barrios is an intermediate level piano transcription of a popular guitar work by the Paraguyan composer. Barrios was also a Read More...

Julia Florida by Agustín Barrios is an intermediate level piano transcription of a popular guitar work by the Paraguyan composer. Barrios was also a gifted poet and artist born in a country with a strong folk harp playing tradition. His music, relatively unknown outside guitar circles, includes 100 original movements and some 200 arrangements of music by other composers. He also recorded and established a teaching tradition and legacy for the playing of the instrument. His music can be identified with the late romantic tradition and is influenced by the folk music of South America , religious and European art music traditions especially the baroque. The re-discovery of his music in the 1970’s is particularly due to the playing his music by the classical guitarist. John Williams This transcription from guitar to piano very much keeps to the composer’s original intention. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested as is tempo rubato. The piano arrangement generally keeps to the voicing and intention of the guitar with the occasional addition of octaves where they are considered appropriate. There are some variants as to how the movement closes. The movement is composed in the style of a barcarola or barcarolle which originates as a Venetian gondolier's song and features a 6/8 time signature combined with gently rocking rhythmic shapes. Close

Let me cry (Lascia ch’io pianga) arr. piano & organ

Handel’s Let me cry (Lascia ch’io pianga ) from the opera Rinaldo in an intermediate level arrangement for organ and piano. The aria or song is ta Read More...

Handel’s Let me cry (Lascia ch’io pianga ) from the opera Rinaldo in an intermediate level arrangement for organ and piano. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. Those who enjoy improvising can always record their work can send it as an mp3 to the PlentyMusic office for feedback. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor makes the observation that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Silent Night arr. keyboard

Intended to be used for class teaching purposes this is a beginner keyboard arrangement of Gruber's famous Christmas melody. When learning to play the Read More...

Intended to be used for class teaching purposes this is a beginner keyboard arrangement of Gruber's famous Christmas melody. When learning to play the tune it is a good idea for the the letter names of the notes to be sung. Graphics are in place to assist the chord playing. If letter names are required in the note heads please advise the PlentyMusic Office although this means the notes will have to be much bigger to make it a helpful exercise. Close

Greensleeves arr. acoustic guitar

A two part guitar arrangement of this familiar melody. TAB is also in place to assist the player. The realisation plays back at 60 dotted quarter no Read More...

A two part guitar arrangement of this familiar melody. TAB is also in place to assist the player. The realisation plays back at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Greensleeves arr. improver keyboard/piano

An improver level arrangement of this familiar melody with the left hand playing broken chords Right and left hand fingering are in place. The aim in Read More...

An improver level arrangement of this familiar melody with the left hand playing broken chords Right and left hand fingering are in place. The aim in playing the piece is simply to get both hands playing together independently. Right hand fingering is in place whilst the realisation plays back at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Don’t be afraid to also practice away from an instrument learning and memorising the patterns of the music and developing the coordinating of the movements between the fingers and hands. This is music that can be played on either a keyboard or piano. Players should be aiming to play the melody legato (smoothly). Close

Greensleeves arr. beginner keyboard/piano

A beginner level arrangement of this familiar traditional melody which is an excellent piece for the keyboard player to study. In this version the mel Read More...

A beginner level arrangement of this familiar traditional melody which is an excellent piece for the keyboard player to study. In this version the melody is played by the right hand and the chords by the left hand. The aim in playing the piece is simply to get both hands playing together. Letter names are indicated in the noteheads, right hand fingering is in place and there are graphics to indicate how the chords should be played. The realisation plays back at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Don’t be afraid to practice away from an instrument learning and memorising the patterns of the music and developing the coordinating of the movements between the fingers and hands. This is music that can be played on either a keyboard or piano. Players should be aiming to play the melody legato (smoothly). Close

Pieds-en-l’air arranged piano solo

The spirit of the English pastoral tradition is captured perfectly in this movement from Warlock’s Capriol Suite. There are also some beautiful moda Read More...

The spirit of the English pastoral tradition is captured perfectly in this movement from Warlock’s Capriol Suite. There are also some beautiful modal conflicts reflecting the composer’s interest in the music Elizabethan music and particularly that of John Dowland. There are some compromises in the voicing of the lines particularly in the closing section whilst bar 13 requires some careful note reading in the left hand. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal conflict that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. (44 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The voice leading at times quite a challenge to follow and for players really interested in understanding the musical elements should refer to the score for string orchestra. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Slovakian Boys’ Dance

Slovakian Boys’ Dance is the third piece in the collection Ten Easy Pieces dating from 1908 by Béla Bartók. It is an improver level piano piece an Read More...

Slovakian Boys’ Dance is the third piece in the collection Ten Easy Pieces dating from 1908 by Béla Bartók. It is an improver level piano piece and a rhythmic movement with a strong repetitive element. Based on a folk tune it is quite a short piece lasting about 45 seconds. The realisation plays back at 132 quarter note beats to the minute. The score is quite detailed and like much of Bartok’s music pianistic and easier to play than it sounds. This type of movement is excellent for developing a secure piano technique. The composer was interested in folk music and composing music for educational purposes. The Ten Easy Pieces feature pentatonic scales, references to modes, off beat rhythms and ostinati. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Organ Sonata Opus 65 No. 3

An intermediate level movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially Read More...

An intermediate level movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is more than a suggestion that the composer was well schooled in the disciplines of counterpoint and harmony. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. A generally quiet movement, clarinet players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. The video score/ realisation plays back at 76 quarter note beats to the minute. Mendelssohn was an extremely popular composer in England. Described as a romantic composer he leans more to the classical line of the tradition along with composers Schubert (1797 – 1828) Chopin (1810 – 1849) and Brahms (1833- 1897) rather than the more radical represented by Berlioz (1803 – 1869), Liszt (1811 – 1886), and Wagner (1813-1883). Schumann (1810 - 1856) is the composer who interestingly links the two threads. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Organ Sonata Opus 65 No. 3 arranged for brass quintet

An intermediate level arrangement for brass quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. The score is available as pdf download from PlentyM Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for brass quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. The score is available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. mp3 accompaniments are also available. Scored for 2 trumpets in Bb, French horn (horn in F), trombone and tuba or bass trombone. Individual parts for instrumentalists are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the flute and oboe parts. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. A generally quiet movement, clarinet players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. The video score/ realisation plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 72, 76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling flute players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Should there be a requirement to substitute an additional brass instrument please advise the PlentyMusic office. Mendelssohn was an extremely popular composer in England. Described as a romantic composer he leans more to the classical line of the tradition along with composers Schubert (1797 – 1828) Chopin (1810 – 1849) and Brahms (1833- 1897) rather than the more radical represented by Berlioz (1803 – 1869), Liszt (1811 – 1886), and Wagner (1813-1883). Schumann (1810 - 1856) is the composer who interestingly links the two threads. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Organ Sonata Opus 65 No. 3 arranged for clarinet quintet

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for 4 clarinets in Bb and a bass clarinet Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for 4 clarinets in Bb and a bass clarinet, individual parts for instrumentalists are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata Opus 65 No.3 transposed to sound in the key of Bb. It is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the flute and oboe parts. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. A generally quiet movement, clarinet players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. The realisation plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 72, 76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling clarinet in Bb 1 players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Should there be a requirement for a clarinet in Eb part to substitute for the Clarinet in Bb 1 part please advise the PlentyMusic office. Mendelssohn was an extremely popular composer in England. Described as a romantic composer he leans more to the classical line of the tradition along with composers Schubert (1797 – 1828) Chopin (1810 – 1849) and Brahms (1833- 1897) rather than the more radical represented by Berlioz (1803 – 1869), Liszt (1811 – 1886), and Wagner (1813-1883). Schumann (1810 - 1856) is the composer who interestingly links the two threads. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Sonata No. 3 in A Opus 65 No. 3 arranged saxophone quintet

An intermediate level arrangement for saxophone quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for soprano, 2 alto, tenor and baritone Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for saxophone quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for soprano, 2 alto, tenor and baritone saxophones, individual parts for instrumentalists are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 72, 76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling soprano saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Should more accompaniments be needed possibly for other instruments in the ensemble please advise the PlentyMusic Office. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. The realisation plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute. Mendelssohn was an extremely popular composer in England. Described as a romantic composer he leans more to the classical line of the tradition along with composers Schubert (1797 – 1828) Chopin (1810 – 1849) and Brahms (1833- 1897) rather than the more radical represented by Berlioz (1803 – 1869), Liszt (1811 – 1886), and Wagner (1813-1883). Schumann (1810 - 1856) is the composer who interestingly links the two threads. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Organ Sonata Opus 65 No. 3 arranged for string quintet

An intermediate level arrangement for string quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for 2 violins, 2 violas and cello, individu Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for string quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for 2 violins, 2 violas and cello, individual parts for instrumentalists are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the flute and oboe parts. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. A generally quiet movement, string players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. The realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 72, 76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling violin players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Organ Sonata Opus 65 No.3 arranged wind quintet

An intermediate level arrangement for wind quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for flute, oboe, clarinet in A, French horn ( Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement for wind quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for flute, oboe, clarinet in A, French horn (horn in F) and bassoon, individual parts for instrumentalists are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the flute and oboe parts. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. A generally quiet movement, woodwind players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. The video realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 72, 76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling flute players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Mendelssohn was an extremely popular composer in England. Described as a romantic composer he leans more to the classical line of the tradition along with composers Schubert (1797 – 1828) Chopin (1810 – 1849) and Brahms (1833- 1897) rather than the more radical represented by Berlioz (1803 – 1869), Liszt (1811 – 1886), and Wagner (1813-1883). Schumann (1810 - 1856) is the composer who interestingly links the two threads. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged bassoon and piano

This intermediate level arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for bassoon with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. A ba Read More...

This intermediate level arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for bassoon with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. A bassoon part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Instrumentalists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts and open to different interpretation. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ creating a very different interpretation. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for oboe and piano

This intermediate level arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene is scored for oboe with piano accompaniment. An oboe part is appended to the full sco Read More...

This intermediate level arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene is scored for oboe with piano accompaniment. An oboe part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Players should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for clarinet in B flat and piano

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. A clarinet p Read More...

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. A clarinet part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Instrumentalists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for flute and piano

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for flute with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. Rheinberger was a prolifi Read More...

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for flute with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. The arrangement is scored for flute with piano accompaniment whilst a flute part is appended to the full score available on the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Players should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach.The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilena from Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor Opus 148

J. Rheinberger’s #Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 for organ is a late 19th work which can be understood to be updated version of a Bach choral Read More...

J. Rheinberger’s #Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 for organ is a late 19th work which can be understood to be updated version of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms in respect to the chromatic harmony. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually very untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Organists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach.The melody needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts.The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniments. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 arranged for classical guitar quartet

This arrangement for classical guitar quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for 4 classical guitars. Instrumental Read More...

This arrangement for classical guitar quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for 4 classical guitars. Instrumental parts for individual players are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available allowing the guitar 1 player to enjoy ensemble practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the 3 guitars start to sound. They play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of the chromatic harmony of Brahms. In this arrangement the music has been transposed up a tone from the key of F to the key of G. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint, particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment, is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually very untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Guitarists should play with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played in a quiet and sustained manner.The melody needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often with tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that suggests the influence of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for woodwind quartet of flute, oboe, clarinet in B flat and bassoon

This arrangement for woodwind quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for flute, oboe, clarinet in B flat and basso Read More...

This arrangement for woodwind quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for flute, oboe, clarinet in B flat and bassoon. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available allowing the violin 1 player to enjoy ensemble practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the violin 2, viola and cello start to sound. They play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually very untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Instrumentalists need to play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts.Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for string quartet

This arrangement for string quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for two violins, viola and cello. Instrumental Read More...

This arrangement for string quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for two violins, viola and cello. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available allowing the violin 1 player to enjoy ensemble practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the violin 2, viola and cello start to sound. They play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. It is a late 19th work which can be understood to be updated version of a Bach chorale harmonisation. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. The cello plays pizzicato except at the end of phrases. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. String players should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for clarinet quartet

This arrangement for clarinet quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for three clarinets in B flat and bass clarin Read More...

This arrangement for clarinet quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for three clarinets in B flat and bass clarinet. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available allowing the clarinet 1 player to enjoy ensemble practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the clarinets 2 and 3 and the bass clarinet start to sound. The accompaniments play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. The movement is scored for three clarinets in B flat and bass clarinet. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Please advise the PlentyMusic office if you require an Eb clarinet included. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually very untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Clarinetists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small decorative do not always sound in the realisations and are best omitted certainly when learning the piece. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The parts all need to be played with rhythmic accuracy and security.The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for saxophone quartet

This arrangement for saxophone quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxoph Read More...

This arrangement for saxophone quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxophones. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available allowing the soprano saxophone player to enjoy ensemble practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the alto, tenor and baritone saxophones start to sound. The accompaniments play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually not typical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Saxophonists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for brass quartet

This arrangement for brass quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for trumpet in Bb, French horn (horn in F) tromb Read More...

This arrangement for brass quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for trumpet in Bb, French horn (horn in F) trombone and bass trombone or tuba. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available enabling trumpet players to practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the French horn, trombone and bass trombone start to sound. The accompaniments play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually very untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Brass players should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes in the score frequently do not sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is first being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Canción

The Spanish composer Manuel de Falla composed his Canción in 1900. An intermediate level piano solo - it is a jewel of the 20th century Spanish piano Read More...

The Spanish composer Manuel de Falla composed his Canción in 1900. An intermediate level piano solo - it is a jewel of the 20th century Spanish piano repertoire. Canción is composition for piano in triple time dating from 1900. The opening bars are quite reminiscent of Satie’s music. In a very short space of time the composer takes the player on a simply amazing harmonic and musical journey. Manuel de Falla is widely considered to be the greatest 20th century Spanish composer. The piece is an exploration of a melody in different modalities, textures and styles. The use of the sustaining pedal is indicated in the opening bars of the sheet music score and then the pattern is continued. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch and there are some subtle changes of tempo to manage particularly at the end of phrases. The Animando e cresc section should be started at the beginning of bar 21. Close

Gnoissienne No. 1 piano solo

Gnoissienne No. 1 an intermediate level piano solo dating from 1890 and was composed by Erik Satie one of the most eccentric and individual composers Read More...

Gnoissienne No. 1 an intermediate level piano solo dating from 1890 and was composed by Erik Satie one of the most eccentric and individual composers in the history of music. The movement is frequently associated with images particularly in video documentaries that convey sadness and melancholy. Satie’s sound world is both individual and characteristic. There is a strong repetitive element whilst the timeless element is also an additional feature. Satie was a composer who experimented with form, rhythm and both chordal structures and sounds. A miniaturist his music connects with many because his sound world retains great contemporary appeal. The first 3 Gnoissiennes were published in 1893 and do not have time signatures or bar lines and are described as being in free time. The score available from PlentyMusic has this and an additional appended score which does have the time signature and bar lines in place. Bar lines are so easy on the eye and the music editor suggests should never be totally ignored. The playback tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minute suggesting a more Moderato tempo than Lento. Understand that music tempi in general have quickened in the last 100 years. The use of the sustaining pedal is recommended but not indicated in the sheet music score. Saties’s Gnoissienne are similar to the Gymnopedie’s in style and concept and musical language. Satie lived in Paris and there are some fascinating commentaries about his daily life and work routines which involved walking from his apartment in Accueil to Paris particularly to Montmartre and after WW1 to Montparnasse. They are well worth exploring particularly as they give insight to his approach to life and composition. When he died much of his music was rediscovered simply because it was buried in a piano below a piano. Work this one if you can or research more. He is a quite extraordinary composer who more than 100 years after his death remains even more extraordinary and certainly suggests he lived well before his time. Possibly in more recent times he would be described as being somebody with OCD (obsessive compulsive disorder) although that is a diagnosis for a psychologist rather than a music editor. Satie’s music translates well into other idioms such as jazz. He remains a composer who whose music should be explored by all musicians. Close

Siciliana from String Trio Opus 17 No.1 arr. brass trio

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Gia Read More...

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored for trumpet in Bb, French horn and bass trombone. Giardini’s string trio’s music are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the realisation of the score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. The chromatic element is a feature in the writing. Accompaniments are available for the trumpet in Bb playing at 42, 44, 46 and 48 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are required French horn and bass trombone practice please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative and the music editor is aware of at least one please do advise the PlentyMusic Office with an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a sheet music version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main music centes of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio in E Flat Opus 17 No.1 arr. organ

An intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for organ of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini. Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for organ of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini. This is a 4 part arrangement or music originally conceived for 3 voices. Giardini’s string trio’s are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the video score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative please do send the PlentyMusic Office an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a notated version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main cities of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio Opus 17 No.1

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored Read More...

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored for violin, viola and cello. Giardini’s string trio’s music are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the realisation of the score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. The chromatic element is a feature in the writing. Accompaniments are available for the violin playing at 42, 44, 46 and 48 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are required for viola and cello practice please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative and the music editor is aware of at least one please do advise the PlentyMusic Office with an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a sheet music version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main music centres of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio Opus 17 No.1 arr. saxophone trio

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Read More...

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored for a combination of soprano, alto and tenor saxophones. Giardini’s trio’s music are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the realisation of the score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. The chromatic element is a feature in the writing. Accompaniments are available for the soprano saxophone playing at 42, 44, 46 and 48 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are required for alto and tenor saxophone practice please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative and the music editor is aware of at least one please do advise the PlentyMusic Office with an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a sheet music version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main music centres of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio Opus 17 No.1 arr. clarinet trio

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored Read More...

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored for 2 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet. Giardini’s string trio’s music are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the realisation of the score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. The chromatic element is a feature in the writing. Accompaniments are available for the violin playing at 42, 44, 46 and 48 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are required for clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet practice please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative and the music editor is aware of at least one please do advise the PlentyMusic Office with an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a sheet music version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main music centes of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio in E Flat Opus 17 No.1 arr. woodwind trio

An intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for woodwind trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Gia Read More...

An intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for woodwind trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini. This trio arrangement is for flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. Giardini’s string trio’s are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the video score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative please do send the PlentyMusic Office an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a notated version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main cities of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio Opus 17 No.1 arr. classical guitar trio A

An intermediatelevel arrangement from PlentyMusic for classical guitar trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Fel Read More...

An intermediatelevel arrangement from PlentyMusic for classical guitar trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini transcribed to the key of A. Giardini’s string trio’s music are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the video score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score which can be viewed on our YouTube channel. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative please do send the PlentyMusic Office an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a notated version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main cities of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged cello and classical guitar

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for cello with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A cello par Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for cello with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A cello part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Guitar 2 accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged viola and classical guitar

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for viola with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A violin pa Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for viola with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A violin part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Guitar 2 accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged violin and classical guitar

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for violin with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A violin p Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for violin with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A violin part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Guitar 2 accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged oboe and classical guitar

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for oboe with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. An oboe part Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for oboe with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. An oboe part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Guitar 2 accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged flute and classical guitar + TAB

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. The classic Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. The classical guitar score has both conventional and TAB notation. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. One of the challenges when playing the guitar is that the same note can be played in different places on the fretboard requiring players so often sort out where notes are to be played. Understand that the PlentyMusic score is possibly not the only solution. A flute part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged flute and classical guitar

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A flute pa Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A flute part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged trumpet in B flat and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trumpet in B flat with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A trumpet Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trumpet in B flat with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A trumpet in B flat part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged trombone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trombone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of G minor. A trombone part is Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trombone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of G minor. A trombone part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged baritone saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for baritone saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A barito Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for baritone saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A baritone saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged tenor saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of Gm minor. A tenor sa Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of Gm minor. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged alto saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. An saxophone Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. An saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged soprano saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A soprano Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged cello and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for cello with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A cello part is appended to th Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for cello with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A cello part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged viola and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for viola with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A viola part is appended to th Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for viola with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A viola part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged violin and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for violin with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A violin part is appended to Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for violin with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A violin part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged oboe and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for oboe with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor.Piano accompaniments are availabl Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for oboe with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor.Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged bassoon and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for bassoon with piano accompaniment in the key of G minor. Piano accompaniments are avai Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for bassoon with piano accompaniment in the key of G minor. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. A bassoon part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged clarinet in B Flat and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for clarinet with piano accompaniment in the key of D minor. A clarinet part appropriate Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for clarinet with piano accompaniment in the key of D minor. A clarinet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged flute and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with piano accompaniment. A flute part is appended to the full score which is a Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with piano accompaniment. A flute part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged for wind quartet

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for wind quartet comprising flute, oboe, clarinet in A and bassoon. Individual parts are Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for wind quartet comprising flute, oboe, clarinet in A and bassoon. Individual parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged for string quartet

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for string quartet of violin 1, violin 2, viola and cello. Individual parts are appended Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for string quartet of violin 1, violin 2, viola and cello. Individual parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged for saxophone quartet

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, alto tenor and baritone saxophones. Individual Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, alto tenor and baritone saxophones. Individual parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged for clarinet quartet

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in B flat and bass clarinet. Individual parts Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in B flat and bass clarinet. Individual parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phyrgian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged for brass quartet

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for brass quartet comprising 2 trumpets in B flat, trombone and tuba or bass trombone. In Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for brass quartet comprising 2 trumpets in B flat, trombone and tuba or bass trombone. Individual parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) solo piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic for solo piano. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic for solo piano. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phyrgian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Pianists should explore the ensemble arrangements of this work available on the PlentyMusic website. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged classical guitar duo

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados in an arrangement from PlentyMusic for guitar duo/guitar duet. This popular and appealing intermediate level moveme Read More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados in an arrangement from PlentyMusic for guitar duo/guitar duet. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phyrgian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. In the video score the ornaments have been written out to clarify how they should be played. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. The arranger has generally avoided doubling the melody part played by the solo instrument in the accompaniment. piano part. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Accompaniments played by classical guitar 2 are available from the PlentyMusic website playing at the following beats per minute 47|94|47, 50|100|50, 53|106|53. The A section is in 6/8 (2 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the bar) and the B section in 3/4 (3 quarter note or crotchet beats to the bar). Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arranged wind quartet

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for wind quartet comprising flute, Read More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for wind quartet comprising flute, oboe, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. If circumstances arise then there the music could be performed by a wind ensemble with each part played by more than one instrument. Instrument parts are attached to the full score which is available from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. Those who enjoy improvising can always record their work can send it as an mp3 to the PlentyMusic office for feedback. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score which is available to view on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor observes that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arranged string quartet

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for string quartet comprising violi Read More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for string quartet comprising violin 1, violin 2, viola and cello Instrument parts are attached to the full score which is available from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. If circumstances arise then there the music could be performed by a string ensemble with each part played by more than one instrument. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. Those who enjoy improvising can always record their work can send it as an mp3 to the PlentyMusic office for feedback. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score which is available to view on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor observes that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arranged recorder group

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for recorder group comprising sopra Read More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for recorder group comprising soprano, alto, tenor and bass recorders. Instrument parts are attached to the full score which is available from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. If circumstances arise then there the music could be performed by a recorder ensemble with each part played by more than one instrument. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. Those who enjoy improvising can always record their work can send it as an mp3 to the PlentyMusic office for feedback. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score which is available to view on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor observes that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arranged classical guitar quartet

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for classical guitar quartet with g Read More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for classical guitar quartet with guitar 4 having its 6th string tuned down to D. Instrument parts are attached to the full score which is available from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. If circumstances arise then there the music could be performed by a guitar ensemble with each part played by more than one instrument. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. Those who enjoy improvising can always record their work can send it as an mp3 to the PlentyMusic office for feedback. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score which is available to view on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor observes that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arranged clarinet quartet

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for clarinet quartet comprising 3 c Read More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in B flat and a bass clarinet. Instrument parts are attached to the full score which is available from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. If circumstances arise then there the music could be performed by a ensemble with each part played by more than one instrument. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. Those who enjoy improvising can always record their work can send it as an mp3 to the PlentyMusic office for feedback. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score which is available to view on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor observes that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arranged brass quartet

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for brass quartet comprising 2 trum Read More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for brass quartet comprising 2 trumpets in B flat, French horn and trombone. Instrument parts are attached to the full score which is available from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. If circumstances arise then there the music could be performed by a brass ensemble with each part played by more than one instrument. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. Those who enjoy improvising can always record their work can send it as an mp3 to the PlentyMusic office for feedback. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score which is available to view on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor observes that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (higher octave) & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the higher octave and piano Gounod’s melody is playe Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the higher octave and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to over use the pedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. violin and piano (lower octave)

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the lower octave and piano Gounod’s melody is played Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the lower octave and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. viola and piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for viola and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violist while the Bac Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for viola and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. cello & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for cello and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the cellist while the Bac Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for cello and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the cellist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the trumpet playe Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the trumpet player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of F. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. French horn (horn in F) & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for French horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the French horn pla Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for French horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the French horn player while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. tuba & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tuba and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the tuba while the Bach Pr Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tuba and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the tuba while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. bass trombone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bass trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the bass tromb Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bass trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the bass trombone player while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. trombone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the trombone player w Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the trombone player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of G. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. tenor horn & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the tenor player Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the tenor player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of Bb. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. baritone horn & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the baritone p Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the baritone player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of F. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. English horn (cor anglais) & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the English horn while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. baritone saxophone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the baritone Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the baritone saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. tenor saxophone and piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the tenor saxop Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the tenor saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. alto saxophone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the alto saxopho Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the alto saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. soprano saxophone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the soprano s Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the soprano saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the Key of F which is more appropriate in respect to the pitch range of the soprano saxophone. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. bassoon & piano (C)

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the bassoonist while th Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the bassoonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the key of C and the bassoon part is notated in the tenor clef. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. bassoon & piano (F)

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the bassoonist while t Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the bassoonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed from the key of C to F which is more suitable key in respect to exploring the range of the bassoon. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the clarinetist Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the clarinetist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed from the key of C to F which is more suitable key in respect to exploring the range of the clarinet. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. oboe & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the oboist while the Bach Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the oboist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed from the key of C to G which is more suitable key in respect to exploring the best instrumental range of the oboe. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view not that any are indicated in the PlentyMusic score. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are also as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. flute & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for flute and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while the Ba Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for flute and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has is in the key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised by the flautists so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to over use the pedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (lower octave) & classical guitar

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist Read More...

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist at the lower octave option whilst the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The one that features in this arrangement is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude copied as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this when it is appropriate. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are also available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (higher octave) & classical guitar

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist Read More...

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist at the higher octave whilst the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The accompaniment that features in this arrangement is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude copied as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this when it is appropriate. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pickup or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are also available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (lower octave) & classical guitar + TAB

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist Read More...

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist in the lower octave option whilst the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The first as featured in this arrangement has some of the chord voicing altered enabling it to be played essentially without moving up (or at least too far up) the fretboard. Chords are mostly played in what is described as first position incorporating the first 4 frets on the guitar with the odd exception or two. There is a TAB chart available with this score. The second accompaniment is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude copied as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this when it is appropriate. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are also available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (higher octave) & classical guitar + TAB

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist Read More...

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist at the higher octave whilst the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The first as featured in this arrangement has some of the chord voicing altered enabling it to be played essentially without moving up (or at least too far up) the fretboard. Chords are mostly played in what is described as first position incorporating the first 4 frets on the guitar with the odd exception or two. There is a TAB chart available with this score. The second accompaniment is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude copied as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this when it is appropriate. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are also available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one Close

Ave Maria arr. flute & classical guitar

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod Ave Maria from PlentyMusic for flute and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while t Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod Ave Maria from PlentyMusic for flute and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The accompaniment that features in this arrangement is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude copied as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this where it is appropriate. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. This is available as a separate download. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. flute & classical guitar

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod Ave Maria from PlentyMusic for flute and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while t Read More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod Ave Maria from PlentyMusic for flute and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The accompaniment in this score has some of the chord voicing altered enabling it to be played essentially without moving up (or at least too far up) the fretboard. Chords are mostly played in what is described as first position incorporating the first 4 frets on the guitar with the odd exception or two. There is a TAB chart available with this score The second accompaniment is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude in as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this where it is appropriate. This is available as a separate download. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. organ

In this arrangement for organ from PlentyMusic Gounod’s melody is played on the pedals whilst the hands play Bach’s Prelude in C with the addition Read More...

In this arrangement for organ from PlentyMusic Gounod’s melody is played on the pedals whilst the hands play Bach’s Prelude in C with the additional bar (29) and a repeat of the first 4 bars. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. The challenge for the organist is to play the melody in a singing or legato style suggesting a secure pedal technique. The realisation plays back at 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music editor also suggests that it might be appropriate to play the double dotted notes on the pedals in bars 10 and 12 as dotted notes particularly on slow tracker action instruments. For the pianist playing the organ this is probably the most suitable arrangement to learn and play. the accompaniment needs to be played in an even and as rhythmically controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being suitable as concert music. As this movement is so familiar to the listening audience performers cannot afford to even go near a mistake rather than actually make one! Close

Ave Maria arr. trombone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for trombone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 32 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling trombonists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. trumpet in B Flat and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for trumpet in Bb and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling trumpet players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. French horn (horn in F) and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for French horn (horn in F) and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the sheet music score score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling horn players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute and are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. cello and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for cello and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling cellists players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. In this instance cellists players have the option of playing through the repeat an octave higher. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. violin and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for violin and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling violinists players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. In this instance violinists players have the option of playing through the repeat an octave higher. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. viola and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMus Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for viola and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling violists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. In this instance violists have the option of playing through the repeat an octave higher. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. baritone saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for baritone saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling baritone saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Baritone players have the option of playing the repeat at the octave. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMus Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tenor saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling tenor saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. alto saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for alto saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling alto saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for soprano saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling soprano saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. English horn (cor anglais) and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for English horn and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's "Ave Maria" can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling English horn players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. English horn players have the options of playing the repeat at the octave. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. tuba and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate/ advanced level arrangement from Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate/ advanced level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tuba and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling tuba players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. trumpet in B Flat and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano is in the key Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A trumpet in Bb is appended to the full music score on the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. alto saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano is in the ke Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full music score on the pdf available to download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. oboe and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for oboe and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling oboists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. bassoon and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for bassoon and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling bassoonists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediatelevel arrangement from PlentyMusic Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediatelevel arrangement from PlentyMusic is for clarinet in Bb and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling clarinetists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. flute and guitar with TAB

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level flute arrangement wit Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level flute arrangement with classical guitar accompaniment in the key of A and available from PlentyMusic as a pdf sheet music download. It is available as a free score to enable guitarists to feedback to PlentyMusic as to whether or not the chord voicing be modified to make it more playable. The guitar part is notated in both staff notation and TAB. Classical guitar accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 36 and 40 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They are available with and without repeats. Players not playing the repeat will need to remember to take the second ending because the repeats are indicated in the sheet music score. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Many performances that are sung make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring of the melody has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) whilst the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse played as triplets. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. On the repeat the violin player has the option of playing the melody at the octave. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires greater concentration. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated as symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger. The approach for the violinist should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Please do let us hear and possibly share your live performances of the arrangement either by sending us a link or an mp3 or mp4 file which can be forwarded to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. violin and classical guitar

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level violin arrangement wi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level violin arrangement with classical guitar accompaniment in the key of C and available from PlentyMusic as a free sheet music download. It is available as a free score to enable guitarists to feedback to PlentyMusic as to whether or not the chord voicing be modified to make it more playable. The guitar part is notated in staff notation. Classical guitar accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 36 and 40 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They are available with and without repeats. Players not playing the repeat will need to remember to take the second ending because the repeats are indicated in the sheet music score. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Many performances that are sung make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring of the melody has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) whilst the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse played as triplets. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. On the repeat the violin player has the option of playing the melody at the octave. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires greater concentration. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated as symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger. The approach for the violinist should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Please do let us hear and possibly share your live performances of the arrangement either by sending us a link or an mp3 or mp4 file which can be forwarded to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. flute and classical guitar

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level flute arrangement wit Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level flute arrangement with classical guitar accompaniment in the key of A and available from PlentyMusic as a pdf sheet music download. It is available as a free score to enable guitarists to feedback to PlentyMusic as to whether or not the chord voicing be modified to make it more playable. Classical guitar accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 36 and 40 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They are available with and without repeats. Players not playing the repeat will need to remember to take the second ending because the repeats are indicated in the sheet music score. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Many performances that are sung make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring of the melody has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) whilst the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse played as triplets. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. On the repeat the violin player has the option of playing the melody at the octave. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires greater concentration. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated as symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger. The approach for the violinist should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Please do let us hear and possibly share your live performances of the arrangement either by sending us a link or an mp3 or mp4 file which can be forwarded to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. violin and classical guitar + TAB

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level violin arrangement wi Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level violin arrangement with classical guitar accompaniment in the key of C and available from PlentyMusic as a pdf sheet music download.The guitar part is notated in both staff notation and TAB. It is available as a free score to enable guitarists to feedback to PlentyMusic as to whether or not the chord voicing be modified to make it more playable. Classical guitar accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 36 and 40 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They are available with and without repeats. Players not playing the repeat will need to remember to take the second ending because the repeats are indicated in the sheet music score. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Many performances that are sung make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring of the melody has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) whilst the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse played as triplets. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. On the repeat the violin player has the option of playing the melody at the octave. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires greater concentration. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated as symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger. The approach for the violinist should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Please do let us hear and possibly share your live performances of the arrangement either by sending us a link or an mp3 or mp4 file which can be forwarded to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. organ

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This arrangement from PlentyMusic for organ is part Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This arrangement from PlentyMusic for organ is part of the “Encouraging pianists to become occasional organists” collection. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. The pedal notes which are intended to be added when the movement can be played on the manuals and are indicated (apart from the final Bb) in the bass clef with their stems pointing downwards. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. Once a section is played through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always seem to be the case. Young musicians in particular need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated with symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger The approach for the keyboard player should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Close

Ave Maria arr. intermediate level piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level piano arrangement from Plen Read More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level piano arrangement from PlentyMusic is available as a pdf download. The song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Many performances that are sung make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's AveMaria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse triplet figuration geatured in the accompaniment. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the sheet music score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. Logic suggests that playing a repeat should be easier to although this not always seem to be the case. Young musicians in particular need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated with symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. Pianists who want to explore and be challenged furthermore can look at Liszt’s arrangement of Schubert’s work. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger The approach for the keyboard player should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. baritone saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano is in th Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A baritone saxophone part is appended to the full music score on the pdf available to download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 64 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano is in the k Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A tenor saxophone part is appended to the full music score on the pdf available to download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. violin and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for violin and piano is in the original k Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for violin and piano is in the original key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A violin part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. cello and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for cello and piano is in the original ke Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for cello and piano is in the original key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A cello part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. oboe and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano is in the key of A min Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. An oboe part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. viola & piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for viola and piano is in the key of A mi Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for viola and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A viola part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. trombone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano is in the key of E Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A trombone part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. English horn (cor anglais) and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. An English horn part, appropriately transposed, is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophpne and piano is in the Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophpne and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. bassoon & piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano is in the key of Am Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor whilst a bassoon part is appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece.The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano sounds in th Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano sounds in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music is in the original key of E minor whilst a clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 66, 68, 70, 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that a repeat marking is not shown in the sheet music score. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. flute and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for flute accompanied by piano is in the Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for flute accompanied by piano is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor and a flute part is appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in what are strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the solo melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared.The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 66, 68, 70, 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Please note that a repeat marking is not shown in the sheet music score. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. marimba trio

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for 3 marimba players is in the key of Am Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for 3 marimba players is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor with Individual parts for the players are appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. but they are in place in the sheet music score. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring for a different combination of pitched percussion instruments be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office with details of the instruments and their ranges. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. 2 mandolins and 2 acoustic guitars

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for 2 mandolins and 2 acoustic guitars is Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for 2 mandolins and 2 acoustic guitars is in the key of Em and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music is in the original key of E minor. Individual parts for the players are appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. but they are in place in the sheet music score. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required, possibly for mandolin orchestra, please contact the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. acoustic guitar trio

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for acoustic guitar trio is in the key of Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for acoustic guitar trio is in the key of Em and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for 3 acoustic guitars ideally either 3 nylon or 3 steel strung guitars should be used. The music has been transposed is in the original key of E minor. Individual parts for the players are appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. but they are in place in the sheet music score. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required, possibly a n additional TAB score please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. brass quartet

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass quartet is in the key of Am and Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass quartet is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for 2 trumpets in Bb, trombone and tuba or bass trombone with individual parts for players are appended to the full music score in the pdf download. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 66 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. clarinet quartet

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet quartet is in the key of Am Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet quartet is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for 3 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet whilst Individual parts for players are appended to the full music score in the pdf download. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 64 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. saxophone quartet

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone quartet is in the key of Am Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone quartet is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxophones whilst Individual parts for players are appended to the full music score in the pdf download. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 66 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. string quartet

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for string quartet is in the key of Am an Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for string quartet is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for the standard string quartet of 2 violins, viola and cello whilst Individual parts for players are appended to the full music score in the pdf download. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 64 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. acoustic guitar quartet

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for acoustic guitar quartet is in the key Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for acoustic guitar quartet is in the key of Em and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for 4 acoustic guitars ideally either 4 nylon or 4 steel strung guitars should be used. The music has been transposed is in the original key of E minor. Individual parts for the players are appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. but they are in place in the sheet music score. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required, possibly a n additional TAB score please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. wind quartet (flute, oboe clarinet in B flat & bassoon)

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive musical work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for wind quartet is in the key of Read More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive musical work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for wind quartet is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for flute, oboe and clarinet in Bb and bassoon. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. Individual parts for the wind instruments are appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 66 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. piano (E minor original key)

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement/transcription for solo piano is in the original key of Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement/transcription for solo piano is in the original key of E minor. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84bpm. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. piano (A minor version)

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for solo piano is a transposition of the work to the k Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for solo piano is a transposition of the work to the key of A minor (up a perfect fourth from the original key of Em). The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music. The playback tempo is 84bpm. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. piano (G minor version)

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for solo piano is a transposition of the work to the k Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for solo piano is a transposition of the work to the key of G minor (up a minor third from the original key of Em). The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music. The playback tempo is 84bpm. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. oboe and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for oboe and piano enables players to develop tone, art Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for oboe and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for oboe accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano enables players to deve Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for soprano saxophone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano enables players to develo Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for tenor saxophone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. baritone saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for baritone saxophone and piano enables players to dev Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for baritone saxophone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for baritone saxophone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. violin and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for violin and piano enables players to develop tone, a Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for violin and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for violin accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music is in the original key of E minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. marimba & piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for marimba) and piano enables players to develop a sen Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for marimba) and piano enables players to develop a sense of ensemble in their playing. The arrangement is scored for marimba accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. trumpet in B Flat and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano enables players to develop Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for trumpet in Bb accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. horn in F (French horn) and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for horn in F (French horn) and piano enables players t Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for horn in F (French horn) and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for horn in F (French horn) accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. trombone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trombone and piano enables players to develop tone, Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trombone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for trombone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Gm minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. English horn (Cor Anglais) and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for English horn and piano enables players to develop Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for English horn and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for English horn accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Am minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. alto saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for alto saxophone and piano enables saxophonists to de Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for alto saxophone and piano enables saxophonists to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for viola accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Am minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. cello and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for cello and piano enables cellists to develop tone, a Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for cello and piano enables cellists to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for cello accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music is in the original key for the work E minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. viola and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for viola and piano enables viola players to develop to Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for viola and piano enables viola players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for viola accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Am minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. bassoon and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for bassoon and piano enables bassoon players to develo Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for bassoon and piano enables bassoon players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for bassoon accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano enables clarinet players t Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano enables clarinet players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for clarinet in Bb accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. flute and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for flute and piano enables flute players to develop to Read More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for flute and piano enables flute players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for flute accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. string quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The string quartet arrang Read More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The string quartet arrangement enables players to explore and develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their ensembleplaying. The arrangement is scored for 2 violins, viola and violoncello. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores also has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. brass quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The brass quartet arrange Read More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The brass quartet arrangement enables players to explore and develop tone, articulation and dynamics in their playing. The arrangement is scored for 2 trumpets in Bb, trombone and tuba. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores also has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. clarinet quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The clarinet quartet arra Read More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The clarinet quartet arrangement enables #clarinettists to explore and develop tone, articulation and dynamics in their playing. The arrangement is scored for 3 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet.The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. marimba quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervntes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for 4 pitc Read More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervntes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for 4 pitched percussion players is a great performance piece enabling marimba players to explore much about the performance of music. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. Some of the articulation markings are a little ambiguous considering the percussive nature of the marimba but have been nevertheless retained. If two marimba are being used then Players 1 and 3 should play on one instrument and Players 2 and 4 on the other. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. The music editor is quite happy to re-score the music for different pitched percussion instruments. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office of the percussion instruments that are available and their ranges. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. saxophone quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervntes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The saxophone quartet arra Read More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervntes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The saxophone quartet arrangement is a great performance pieces enabling #saxophonists to explore tone, articulation and dynamics. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. guitar quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for guit Read More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for guitar quartet is a great performance pieces enabling guitarists to explore many aspects of their playing particularly regarding tone, the articulation of notes and dynamic range. The realisation has a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The tempo of the realisation is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores is also presented with a repeat in place although this is editorial. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo. The music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music whether in an art music, folk or popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is a very quick and inventive mind particularly in his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. The arrangement would be best played with either 4 nylon strung guitars or 4 steel strung guitars. A mandolin can also be substituted for Acoustic Guitar 1. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) piano solo in A minor

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for solo piano with the music t Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for solo piano with the music transposed to the key of A minor. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. cello and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for cello with piano accompanim Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for cello with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. viola and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for viola with piano accompanim Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for viola with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. violin and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for violin with piano accompani Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for violin with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for soprano saxophone with pian Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tenor saxophone with piano Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. alto saxophone and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for alto saxophone with piano a Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. bassoon and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for bassoon with piano accompan Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for bassoon with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for clarinet in Bb with piano a Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. oboe and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for oboe with piano accompanime Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for oboe with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. flute and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for flute with piano accompanim Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for flute with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. marimba trio

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is an ensemble of 3 pitched percus Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is an ensemble of 3 pitched percussion instruments with the marimba being featured in the realization and music score. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If the arrangement requires some re-scoring for different percussion instruments please advise the PlentyMusic office with your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. guitar trio

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This advanced level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for guitar trio. Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This advanced level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for guitar trio. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If the arrangement would benefit from some re-scoring please advise the PlentyMusic office with your suggestions. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. saxophone sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone s Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone sextet of 2 soprano, alto, 2 tenor and baritone saxophones is available as a free score. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. guitar sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for guitar sext Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for guitar sextet is available as a free score. The intention is for the score to be played by 6 acoustic guitars although a upright bass / bass guitar could be substituted for Guitar 6. Ideally the ensemble would comprise either 6 nylon strung or 6 steel strung guitars. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. brass sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass sexte Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass sextet of 3 trumpets in Bb, 2 trombones, and tuba is available as a free score. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. clarinet sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet sextet of clarinet in Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet sextet of clarinet in Eb, 4 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet is an intermediate level arrangement and available as a free score. If no clarinet in Eb is available substitute a flute 1 part from the free score for wind sextet. The movement features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement for encouraging rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. string sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for string sextet of 3 violins, 2 Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for string sextet of 3 violins, 2 violas, and cello is an intermediate level arrangement and available as a free score. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement for encouraging rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. wind sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for wind sextet of 2 flutes, oboe, Read More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for wind sextet of 2 flutes, oboe, 2 clarinets in Bb and bassoon is an intermediate level arrangement and available as a free score. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement for encouraging rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. soprano saxophone and piano

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment is available from PlentyMusic. Piano accompaniments are also available. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full score which can download from the website. Close

Minuet and Trio in E arr. violin and piano D.335

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompanime Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment is available to download available from PlentyMusic. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A violin part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 arr. clarinet in A and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this is an intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in A with pia Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this is an intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in A with piano accompaniment. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A clarinet in A part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the flute and piano realisation is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in Eb D.335 arr. baritone saxophone and piano

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for baritone saxophone with pian Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for baritone saxophone with piano accompaniment is available from PlentyMusic. Piano accompaniments are also available. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A baritone saxophone part is appended to the full score which can download from the website. Close

Minuet and Trio in E arr. bassoon and piano D.335

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for bassoon with piano accompanim Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment is available from PlentyMusic. Piano accompaniments are also available. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A bassoon part is appended to the full score which can download from the website. Close

Minuet and Trio in E arr. cello and piano D.335

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for cello with piano accompanimen Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for cello with piano accompaniment is available to download from PlentyMusic. A cello part is also appended to the full score. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. tenor saxophone and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 by Franz Schubert is an excellent intermediate level performance piece. This arrangement is for tenor saxophone wi Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 by Franz Schubert is an excellent intermediate level performance piece. This arrangement is for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment. A tenor saxophone part is also appended to the full score. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the flute and piano realisation is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 | solo piano

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this plai score version for solo piano is available as a free score Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this plai score version for solo piano is available as a free score from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. It is an excellent performance piece. The Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. Both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. Piano pedalling has not been indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate particularly in the trio section. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. Pianists would be well advised to approach the playing of the two movements with a lightness in their hands. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small notes in bar (acciaccaturas or crushed notes) do not sound in the realisation in bar 41. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Pianists and keyboard players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Phrasing can be very much determined by the choice of fingering with regular 8 bar phrases predominantly feature. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. Both a plain score and an edited music score are available from PlentyMusic. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. clarinet in B flat and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano is at the intermed Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano is at the intermediate level work. A cello part is appended to the full score that is available for download from PlentyMusic. Whilst described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the flute and piano realisation is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 arr. flute and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for flute and piano is an intermediate level work. Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for flute and piano is an intermediate level work. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A flute part is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. brass quartet

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this is an arrangement for brass quartet of 2 trumpets in Bb, French Read More...

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this is an arrangement for brass quartet of 2 trumpets in Bb, French horn and trombone. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. PlentyMusic. Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 arr. string quartet

The Minuet & Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for string quartet is scored for 2 violins, viola and Read More...

The Minuet & Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for string quartet is scored for 2 violins, viola and violoncello. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. PlentyMusic. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. clarinet quartet

The Minuet & Trio in E Flat by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement is for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in Read More...

The Minuet & Trio in E Flat by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement is for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in Bb and a bass clarinet. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. Individual clarinets parts are appended to the full score which is available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. saxophone quartet

The Minuet & Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement is for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, 2 alto a Read More...

The Minuet & Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement is for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, 2 alto and tenor saxophones. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar with the Minuet and Trio played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases predominantly feature. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 arr. wind quartet

Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. It is an excellent performance piece. Read More...

Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. It is an excellent performance piece. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the website. The Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar with the Minuet and Trio played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases predominantly feature. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. Close

Bear Dance | piano solo from Ten Easy Pieces Sz.39

Bartok's approach to much of his piano writing is that he considers it as a percussion instrument. Much of his music sounds challenging but often it Read More...

Bartok's approach to much of his piano writing is that he considers it as a percussion instrument. Much of his music sounds challenging but often it is quite playable. The challenge is more on the musical ear and technique rather than the musical content. It is a case of the listener being challenged. The score detail is a strong element in the sheet music copy. Bartok’s music scores do require careful study. The melodic shapes and patterns in this movements are strong and repetitive and the rhythmic element music is particularly strong. He was a great experimenter with sounds and in that he has much in common with Stravinsky. Bartok is one of the best 20th century composers to study because he is excellent at preparing the ear’s of a musician for modern sounds. Bartok’s music does possess great symmetry and his music does identify with the tonal tradition. His music might not sound tonal at times but the functionality in all sense and purpose is tonal. Bartok’s music is often derived from the rhythms and sounds of folk melodies he heard as a child and adult. The music editor suggests that this is an excellent performance piece for aspiring musicians. Close

Second Movement Rondo from Sonatina in E Flat No.6 Opus 20

The music of J. L. Dussek is well worth discovering and playing. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are brimming with invention and musical interest and are perfec Read More...

The music of J. L. Dussek is well worth discovering and playing. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are brimming with invention and musical interest and are perfect for developing a secure technique on a piano. This is music that both expresses and possesses the joy of its time. A rondo is a movement with a recurring theme. The repeats do not playback in the realisation. Music that has design and clear direction that is essentially pianistic. Musical ideas need to be clearly articulated without necessarily being exaggerated. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 72 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many of the early published scores of this movement have score detail that possibly is more suitable for the dry acoustic of earlier wooden framed pianos. Pianists may wish to add their own additional score detail particularly in respect to the note articulations but the music editors view is that is best to be minimalist. Some notes may require a staccato, an accent or tenuto marking but this aspect of performance is secondary to the requirement for secure fingering as encourages secure technique. Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is modern practice. The chromaticism in this movement suggests that this is more romantic than classical music. Dusssek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed music for the harp. The plain score is available as a free score and an edited music score with suggested fingering is available from PlentyMusic for one credit. In the edited music score the suggested fingering is notated above the note for the right hand and below the note for the left hand. Look out for the changing finger on a note which currently cannot be represented as clearly as the music editor intends. Bar 10 and 61 should logically contain the same music but they don’t. Players may well want to consider how they approach these two bars. A possible error in the score but by whom? The copyist, the engraver(s) or even the composer? It’s a much better question than you imagine because music printing of the distant past had so many inconsistencies. The music editor’s view is simply that many composers just did not have time to proof read the printer’s copy. Close

First Movement from Sonatina in E Flat No.6 Opus 20

Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. His Opu Read More...

Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are well worth exploring. A purposeful and dynamic intermediate level movement for solo piano. The repeats do not playback in the realisation. Clarity in the articulation of the music achieved by shortening some of the notes and an increasing the dynamics. Smorzando translates as dying away. The realisation plays back at 116 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Allegro is the indicated tempo marking in the sheet music score. Whilst musical ideas need to be clearly articulated there should not be exaggeration in the playing. There is opportunity to practice crossing over of hands. Many of the early published scores of this movement have score detail that possibly is more suitable for the dry acoustic of earlier wooden framed pianos. Pianists may wish to add their own additional score detail particularly in respect to the articulation of notes but the music editors view is that is best to be minimalist. Some notes may require a staccato, an accent or tenuto marking but not too many! Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is modern practice. The chromaticism in this movement does suggest more romantic than classical music. Dussek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed music for the harp. The plain score is available as a free score whilst the edited music score is available for one credit. Close

Second Movement Rondo from Sonatina in E Flat No.6 Opus 20 (Plain Score)

The music of J. L. Dussek is well worth discovering and playing. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are brimming with invention and musical interest and are perfec Read More...

The music of J. L. Dussek is well worth discovering and playing. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are brimming with invention and musical interest and are perfect for developing a secure technique on a piano. This is music that both expresses and possesses the joy of its time. A rondo is a movement with a recurring theme. The repeats do not playback in the realisation. Music that has design and clear direction that is essentially pianistic. Musical ideas need to be clearly articulated without necessarily being exaggerated. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 72 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many of the early published scores of this movement have score detail that possibly is more suitable for the dry acoustic of earlier wooden framed pianos. Pianists may wish to add their own additional score detail particularly in respect to the note articulations but the music editors view is that is best to be minimalist. Some notes may require a staccato, an accent or tenuto marking but this aspect of performance is secondary to the requirement for secure fingering as encourages secure technique. Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is modern practice. The chromaticism in this movement suggests that this is more romantic than classical music. Dusssek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed music for the harp. The plain score is available as a free score and an edited music score with suggested fingering is available from PlentyMusic for one credit. In the edited music score the suggested fingering is notated above the note for the right hand and below the note for the left hand. Look out for the changing finger on a note which currently cannot be represented as clearly as the music editor intends. Bar 10 and 61 should logically contain the same music but they don’t. Players may well want to consider how they approach these two bars. A possible error in the score but by whom? The copyist, the engraver(s) or even the composer? It’s a much better question than you imagine because music printing of the distant past had so many inconsistencies. The music editor’s view is simply that many composers just did not have time to proof read the printer’s copy. Close

First Movement from Sonatina in E Flat No.6 Opus 20 (Plain Score)

Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. His Opu Read More...

Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are well worth exploring. A purposeful and dynamic intermediate level movement for solo piano. The repeats do not playback in the realisation. Clarity in the articulation of the music achieved by shortening some of the notes and an increasing the dynamics. Smorzando translates as dying away. The realisation plays back at 116 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Allegro is the indicated tempo marking in the sheet music score. Whilst musical ideas need to be clearly articulated there should not be exaggeration in the playing. There is opportunity to practice crossing over of hands. Many of the early published scores of this movement have score detail that possibly is more suitable for the dry acoustic of earlier wooden framed pianos. Pianists may wish to add their own additional score detail particularly in respect to the articulation of notes but the music editors view is that is best to be minimalist. Some notes may require a staccato, an accent or tenuto marking but not too many! Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is modern practice. The chromaticism in this movement does suggest more romantic than classical music. Dussek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed music for the harp. The plain score is available as a free score whilst the edited music score is available for one credit. Close

Second Movement Rondo from Sonatina in G (Edited)

The movement is an improver level work and excellent for developing a secure and reliable keyboard technique. Dussek a Czech composer contributed much Read More...

The movement is an improver level work and excellent for developing a secure and reliable keyboard technique. Dussek a Czech composer contributed much fine music to the piano repertoire. This short movement is described as a rondo in the tempo of a minuet. The first and last main sections are in G major whilst the middle section is in the tonic minor: G minor. A tempo of 50 dotted quarter notes (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the realisation. Allegretto would be the most appropriate tempo marking. The articulation markings familiar in older editions of this movement frequently include staccato, tenuto and accents in their score detail. Understanding that the thinner toned pianos of earlier times possibly required more exaggerated playing to communicate the musical ideas. The music editor prefers a more minimalist approach as far as indicating score detail particularly in respect to note articulations. The best advice is always to mark your own music copy of the score from knowledge of playing the music score, listening to performances and possibly from a music lesson or two. Generally, in music of this style and period it is a legato keyboard touch that should be encouraged. Exaggerated playing particularly on modern instruments should be avoided. Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is the practice in modern piano recitals. The chromaticism in this movement does suggest a more romantic approach than classical. Dusssek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed much fine music for the harp.The plain score is available as a free score from PlentyMusic whilst an edited music score is available for 1 credit from PlentyMusic. Close

Second Movement Rondo from Sonatina in G No.1 (Plain)

The movement is an improver level work and excellent for developing a secure and reliable keyboard technique. Dussek a Czech composer contributed much Read More...

The movement is an improver level work and excellent for developing a secure and reliable keyboard technique. Dussek a Czech composer contributed much fine music to the piano repertoire. This short movement is described as a rondo in the tempo of a minuet. The first and last main sections are in G major whilst the middle section is in the tonic minor: G minor. A tempo of 50 dotted quarter notes (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the realisation. Allegretto would be the most appropriate tempo marking. The articulation markings familiar in older editions of this movement frequently include staccato, tenuto and accents in their score detail. Understanding that the thinner toned pianos of earlier times possibly required more exaggerated playing to communicate the musical ideas. The music editor prefers a more minimalist approach as far as indicating score detail particularly in respect to note articulations. The best advice is always to mark your own music copy of the score from knowledge of playing the music score, listening to performances and possibly from a music lesson or two. Generally, in music of this style and period it is a legato keyboard touch that should be encouraged. Exaggerated playing particularly on modern instruments should be avoided. Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is the practice in modern piano recitals. The chromaticism in this movement does suggest a more romantic approach than classical. Dusssek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed much fine music for the harp.The plain score is available as a free score from PlentyMusic whilst an edited music score is available for 1 credit from PlentyMusic. Close

First Movement Sonatina in G No.1 Opus 20 (Edited)

The music editor suggests that this is a great movement to clarify where someone is with their #piano playing. Dussek a Czech composer contributed mu Read More...

The music editor suggests that this is a great movement to clarify where someone is with their #piano playing. Dussek a Czech composer contributed much fine music to both the piano and harp repertoire. The movement needs to be played with a lightness in the hands and fingers. It is a good test of evaluating both technique and musical understanding/comprehension not that one always wants to do this by a formal examination. The musical ideas do need to be articulated with clarity and some notes are shorter than others and some phrases need to be emphasised more than others. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested although pedal markings are not indicated in the sheet music score. This is music from a time when musical ideas need to be articulated without necessarily being exaggerated which is an element often suggested in edited copies of the score. Many of the early published scores of this movement have score detail that possibly is more appropriate for the dry acoustic of an earlier wooden framed pianos. Pianists may wish to add their own score detail particularly in respect to the articulation of notes but the music editors view is that is best to be minimalist. Some notes may require a staccato, an accent, a tenuto marking or possibly phrase markings but the first focus needs to be establishing secure fingering to enable the development of a fine legato when playing the piano. Music editing is very much a continuing process. Keyboard players should continually review their performances reviewing the score detail whether it be the choice of fingering, phrase markings or note articulations. Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is modern practice. The chromaticism in this movement does suggest a more romantic context than a classical one. Dussek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed music for the harp. The plain score is available as a free score whilst an edited music score is available from PlentyMusic for one credit. Close

First Movement Sonatina in G No.1 Opus 20 (Plain)

The music editor suggests that this is a great movement to clarify where someone is with their #piano playing. Dussek a Czech composer contributed mu Read More...

The music editor suggests that this is a great movement to clarify where someone is with their #piano playing. Dussek a Czech composer contributed much fine music to both the piano and harp repertoire. The movement needs to be played with a lightness in the hands and fingers. It is a good test of evaluating both technique and musical understanding/comprehension not that one always wants to do this by a formal examination. The musical ideas do need to be articulated with clarity and some notes are shorter than others and some phrases need to be emphasised more than others. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested although pedal markings are not indicated in the sheet music score. This is music from a time when musical ideas need to be articulated without necessarily being exaggerated which is an element often suggested in edited copies of the score. Many of the early published scores of this movement have score detail that possibly is more appropriate for the dry acoustic of an earlier wooden framed pianos. Pianists may wish to add their own score detail particularly in respect to the articulation of notes but the music editors view is that is best to be minimalist. Some notes may require a staccato, an accent, a tenuto marking or possibly phrase markings but the first focus needs to be establishing secure fingering to enable the development of a fine legato when playing the piano. Music editing is very much a continuing process. Keyboard players should continually review their performances reviewing the score detail whether it be the choice of fingering, phrase markings or note articulations. Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is modern practice. The chromaticism in this movement does suggest a more romantic context than a classical one. Dussek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed music for the harp. The plain score is available as a free score whilst an edited music score is available from PlentyMusic for one credit. Close

Minuet in A D.334 | piano

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. Read More...

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. There are also many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website for different combinations of instruments. The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score whilst the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. Close

Minuet in A arr. cello and piano D.334

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. Read More...

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website.The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score whilst the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. A part for the cello is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. violin and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Read More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score with the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet being a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the violin is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. tenor saxophone and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a qu Read More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is a hidden gems of the music repertoire that needs to played and become better known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the tenor saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. alto saxophone and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a qu Read More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is a hidden gems of the music repertoire that needs to played and become better known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the alto saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. soprano saxophone and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a qu Read More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is a hidden gems of the music repertoire and needs to played and become better known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the soprano saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. bassoon and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Read More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the bassoon is appended to the full score in the pdf download. The part utilises both the bass and the tenor clefs. Close

Minuet in A arr. clarinet in A and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Read More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the clarinet in A is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat D.334 arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano D.334

Schubert’s Minuet D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. The Minue Read More...

Schubert’s Minuet D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. A part for the flute is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. oboe and piano D.334

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. Read More...

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score whilst the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. A part for the oboe is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. flute and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Read More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the flute is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. brass quintet of 2 trumpets, French horn, trombone and tuba D.334

The brass quintet arrangement of the Minuet is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a pdf Read More...

The brass quintet arrangement of the Minuet is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a pdf download. Using the PlentyMusic android app the music could be printed from a smart phone. The brass quintet arrangement is scored for 2 trumpets in Bb, French horn, 2 trombone and tuba. Individual instrument parts transposed where appropriate are appended to the full score in the pdf download. The Minuet and Trio is performed without the repeats in the Minuet sounding. A quiet enchanting movement that demonstrates how much that Franz Schubert was a chamber musician. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver musically and accurately. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of a musical texture in the romantic era. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Another challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. If you would like the movement to be scored for any other instruments please advise the PlentyMusic Office and one of the team will explore the possibilities. PlentyMusic would be interested in hearing and seeing any performances of this movement either in mp3 or mp4 format. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. clarinet quintet of 4 clarinets in B Flat and bass clarinet

The clarinet quintet arrangement of the Minuet is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a Read More...

The clarinet quintet arrangement of the Minuet is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a one file pdf download. Using the PlentyMusic android app the music could be printed from a smart phone. The clarinet quintet arrangement is scored for 4 clarinets in Bb and a bass clarinet. The Minuet and Trio is performed without the repeats in the Minuet sounding in the realisation. A quiet enchanting movement that demonstrates how much that Franz Schubert was a chamber musician. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver musically and accurately. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of a musical texture in the romantic era. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Another challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. If you would like the movement to be scored for different instruments please advise the PlentyMusic Office and one of the team will explore the possibilities. PlentyMusic would be interested in hearing and seeing any performances of this movement either in mp3 or mp4 format. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. for saxophone quintet of soprano, 2 alto, tenor and baritone saxophones D.334

The saxophone arrangement of the Minuet in Ab D.338 available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as Read More...

The saxophone arrangement of the Minuet in Ab D.338 available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a one file pdf download. Using the PlentyMusic android app the music could be printed from a smart phone. The saxophone quintet arrangement is scored for soprano, 2 alto, tenor and baritone saxophones. The Minuet and Trio is performed without the repeats in the Minuet sounding in the realisation. A quiet enchanting movement that demonstrates how much that Franz Schubert was a chamber musician. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver musically and accurately. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of a musical texture in the romantic era. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Another challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. If you would like the movement to be scored for a different instrument combination please advise the PlentyMusic Office and one of the team will explore the possibilities. PlentyMusic would be interested in hearing and seeing any performances of this movement either in mp3 or mp4 format. Close

Minuet in A arr. string quintet of violins 1, 2, 3, viola and violoncello D.334

The string quintet arrangement of the Minuet in A D.334 is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is availa Read More...

The string quintet arrangement of the Minuet in A D.334 is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a one file pdf download.The arrangement is scored for Violin 1, Violin 2, Violin 3, Viola and Violoncello. Using the PlentyMusic android app the music could be printed from a smart phone. Schubert’s Minuet D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. If PlentyMusic users would like the movement to be scored for any additional instruments please advise the PlentyMusic Office and one of the team will respond. The Minuet and Trio is performed without the repeats in the Minuet sounding in the video score. A quiet enchanting movement that adds evidence to the suggestion that Franz Schubert was essentially a chamber musician. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver musically and accurately. Whilst a solo work for piano it is very evident that the musical conception could quite easily be for a group of musicians. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of a musical texture in the romantic era. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Another challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Individual instrument parts transposed where appropriate are appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. wind quintet of flute, oboe, clarinet in A, horn in F (French horn) and bassoon D.334

The wind quintet arrangement of the Minuet for flute, oboe, clarinet in A, French horn and bassoon is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The Read More...

The wind quintet arrangement of the Minuet for flute, oboe, clarinet in A, French horn and bassoon is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a one file pdf download. Using the PlentyMusic android app the music could be printed from a smart phone. Schubert’s Minuet D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. If PlentyMusic users would like the movement to be score for any additional instruments please advise the PlentyMusic Office and one of the team will respond. The Minuet and Trio is performed without the repeats in the Minuet sounding in the video score. A quiet enchanting movement that adds evidence to the suggestion that Franz Schubert was essentially a chamber musician. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver musically and accurately. Whilst a solo work for piano it is very evident that the musical conception could quite easily be for a group of musicians. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of a musical texture in the romantic era. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Another challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Individual instrument parts transposed where appropriate are appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. violin, cello & piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Read More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for violin, violoncello and piano has a playback tempo of 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the violin and violoncello and in the final section between the piano and violin. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the violin and violoncello are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. clarinet in B Flat, bass clarinet and piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Read More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for clarinet in Bb, bass clarinet and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed down a tone and sounds in the key of A minor. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet and in the final section between the piano and clarinet in Bb. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet in Bb player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the two clarinets appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Read More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed down a tone and sounds in the key of A minor. There are some octave transpositions in the tenor saxophone part. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the soprano and tenor saxophone and in the final section between the piano and soprano saxophone. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the tenor saxophone and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a soprano saxophone player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the soprano saxophone and tenor saxophone appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. clarinet in A, cello & piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Read More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for clarinet in A, violoncello and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed down a tone and sounds in the key of A minor. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the clarinet and violoncello and in the final section between the piano and clarinet in A. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet in A player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the clarinet in A appropriately transposed and violoncello are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. oboe, cello & piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Read More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for oboe, violoncello and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the oboe and violoncello and in the final section between the piano and oboe. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the oboe and violoncello are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. two pianos

Debussy’s two piano arrangement of Schumann’s original version for pedal piano. The pedal piano was an instrument used by organists as a practice Read More...

Debussy’s two piano arrangement of Schumann’s original version for pedal piano. The pedal piano was an instrument used by organists as a practice instrument. A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann’s original intention is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The two piano version has a playback tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo direction in the score is to play the movement “Not too fast.” A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No.5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available featuring the Piano 1 sounding on one side of the stereo channel and Piano 2 on the other. They play at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling the pianists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of their routine. Close

Study in Canon No.5 Opus 56 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The piano duet or music for piano 4 hands version has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the descr Read More...

The piano duet or music for piano 4 hands version has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available featuring the primo part sounding on one side of the stereo channel and the secondo on the other. They play at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling the pianists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of their routine. Close

Study in Canon No.5 Opus 56 arr. organ

Robert Schumann’s Study in Canon No. 5 from his Opus 56 collection is a challenging movement to play and interpret. Whilst the music is quite vivid, Read More...

Robert Schumann’s Study in Canon No. 5 from his Opus 56 collection is a challenging movement to play and interpret. Whilst the music is quite vivid, the context is unclear in what is structurally a ternary form movement. The organ version has a playback tempo of 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the to the minute. The tempo direction in the score is to play the movement “Not too fast.” A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. There are some limitations regarding the range and choice of organ sounds in the realisation. Players should listen to performances on actual instruments available on streaming media. Close

Study in Canon No. 1 arr. violin, cello and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s orig Read More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part to keep to the instrument’s range. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the home page the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the violin player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No. 1 arr. soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s ori Read More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the oboe player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No. 1 trio version arr. oboe, cello and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s ori Read More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part to keep to the instrument’s range. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the oboe player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the oboe player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No.1 arr clarinet in A , cello & piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s orig Read More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the clarinet in A player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they play back at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No.1 arr. clarinet in B flat, bass clarinet and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s orig Read More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the clarinet in Bb player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they play back at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No.1 arr. two pianos

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably strong in this work composed at a time that Schumann was Read More...

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably strong in this work composed at a time that Schumann was intent on restoring rigour and contrapuntal discipline in his compositional approach. Whilst this music references the past there is a romantic twist or two in the harmonic language. A tempo of 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the realisation. Trills begin on the note and have been written out in the video score. Understand that the melodic and rhythmic shapes of the ornaments are constant throughout the whole movement. Schumann’s Canonic Studies were composed in 1845 for pedal piano and subsequently many other arrangements have been created. The two piano parts piano 1 and piano 2 can be also be downloaded as an mp3 accompaniment enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the piano 1 or piano 2. Piano 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and piano 2 part on the other. The accompaniments play at 64, 68, 72,76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a 2 bar click beat before the music starts playing. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

First Movement Allegro from Sonata for Piano Duet in D K.381

The Sonata for Piano Duet in D K.381 was composed time between 1772-74 and was written for Mozart to play with his elder sister Nannerl. As a work it Read More...

The Sonata for Piano Duet in D K.381 was composed time between 1772-74 and was written for Mozart to play with his elder sister Nannerl. As a work it has been described as a reduction of an Italian symphony and is contemporary with his opera Lucio Silla K.135 composed when he was aged 16. The First Movement: Allegro is typically Mozartian both in spirit and musical content. The realisation plays back at 144 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. It is a very purposeful movement requiring light hands which is perhaps a musical element difficult to suggest in a realisation. The repeats although marked in the score are not played. There is plenty of opportunity for players to fine tune their playing of legato and staccato touches and to develop tremolo playing. The music editor favours a dry acoustic in recordings enabling clarity in the communication of the music. Accompaniments in mp3 format recorded at 256kbps which have a 4 bar count in are available at 120, 132 and 144 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. For those needing more information on how to play the ornaments refer to the video score on our YouTube channel where the ornaments have been written out to give clarity to what is a confusing area. When learning a movement it is often best to omit the ornamentation in the first instance. Close

Second Movement Andante from Sonata for Piano Duet in D K381

A slow movement in the subdominant key of G requiring a legato piano touch with some occasional staccato articulations which are indicated in the musi Read More...

A slow movement in the subdominant key of G requiring a legato piano touch with some occasional staccato articulations which are indicated in the music score. There is a some lovely sharing of the melodic material between the primo and secondo parts in this quite beautiful classical movement. A beautifully balanced movement from the point of view of musical texture. It is a two section AB binary movement although the repeats are not played in the realisation. Performers may wish to review the articulations suggested and if changes are made they do need to be made consistently and be in keeping with the style. Accompaniments are available at 52, 54, 56, 58, and 60 quarter note beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in, featuring the sound of the woodblock, with the first bar in eighth notes (quavers) and the second bar in quarter notes (crotchets). For those needing more information on how to play the ornaments refer to the video score on our YouTube channel where they have been written out to give clarity to what is often a confusing area. When learning a movement it is often best to omit the ornamentation in the first instance. Close

Third Movement Allegro molto from Sonata for Piano Duet in D K381

The Sonata for Piano Duet in D K.381 was composed time between 1772-74 and was written for Mozart to play with his elder sister Nannerl. As a work it Read More...

The Sonata for Piano Duet in D K.381 was composed time between 1772-74 and was written for Mozart to play with his elder sister Nannerl. As a work it has been described as a reduction of an Italian symphony and is contemporary with his opera Lucio Silla K.135 composed when he was aged 16. The First Movement: Allegro is typically Mozartian both in spirit and musical content. The realisation plays back at 144 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. It is a very purposeful movement requiring light hands which is perhaps a musical element difficult to suggest in a realisation. The repeats although marked in the score are not played. There is plenty of opportunity for players to fine tune their playing of legato and staccato touches and to develop tremolo playing. The music editor favours a dry acoustic in recordings enabling clarity in the communication of the music. Accompaniments in mp3 format recorded at 256kbps which have a 4 bar count in are available at 120, 132, 138 and 144 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. For those needing more information on how to play the ornaments refer to the video score on our YouTube channel where the ornaments have been written out to give clarity to what is a confusing area. When learning a movement it is often best to omit the ornamentation in the first instance. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. trumpet in B Flat, trombone & piano

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expandi Read More...

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music to be enjoyed by a chamber group. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 64 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the trumpet in Bb player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a trombone and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. violin, cello and piano

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different ins Read More...

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different instrument combinations. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to on the trio video scores on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound in the piano part. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the oboe player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a cellist and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. clarinet in A, cello and piano

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different ins Read More...

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different instrument combinations. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to one of the video scores on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound in the piano part. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the oboe player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a cellist and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. clarinet in B Flat, bass clarinet and piano

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expandi Read More...

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music to be enjoyed by a chamber group. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the clarinet in Bb player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a bass clarinet and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expandi Read More...

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music to be enjoyed by a chamber group. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on our PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the soprano saxophone player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a tenor saxophone and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. oboe, cello and piano

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different ins Read More...

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different instrument combinations. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound in the piano part. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the oboe player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a cellist and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 arr. two pianos

The Debussy arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon for Two Pianos are an exploration of Schumann’s original music from both the spatial and Read More...

The Debussy arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon for Two Pianos are an exploration of Schumann’s original music from both the spatial and textural point of view. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in its style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic harmony of Schumann’s own time. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 returns to the mood and style of the first section although this section has both more contrast and drama. Schumann’s intention is to combine beauty of sound with a legato touch and it is important for pianists to aim for the best legato possible in their playing. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo marked as adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on out PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills in this time begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling pianists to explore and develop their ensemble skills. The piano 1 part sounds on one side of the stereo channel and piano 2 on the other. There are four accompaniments available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The piano duet arrangement of Schumann’s Studies in Canon by Bizet are hidden treasures in the repertoire. Bizet’s exploration of Schumann’s mus Read More...

The piano duet arrangement of Schumann’s Studies in Canon by Bizet are hidden treasures in the repertoire. Bizet’s exploration of Schumann’s music adds to the composer’s original intention by exploring the musical texture in a broader musical space. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in its style and certainly in the first instance reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with romantic chromatic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. Schumann’s original intention is to combine beauty of sound with a legato touch and it is important for pianists to aim for the best legato possible in their playing. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Do explore the solo piano, piano duet, two piano and trio versions available on the PlentyMusic website. Accompaniments are also available enabling pianists to explore and develop their ensemble skills. The primo part sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the secondo part on the other. There are four accompaniments available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. piano

This quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in its style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writin Read More...

This quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in its style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although presented with romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. Schumann’s intention is to combine beauty of sound with a legato touch and it is important for pianists to aim for the best legato possible in their playing. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. The challenge playing the piano version is simply managing the musical lines and imitation embraced in the texture. The music editor suggests playing through the separate lines of the score to gain understanding of the compositional process and points of imitation. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. It is quite understandable that other composers and arrangers have re-visited the Studies in Canon by Schumann, in a practical way, with arrangements for various instrument combinations. These arrangements encourage a clearer understanding of the contrapuntal aspects of the original composer’s writing. Do explore the organ, piano duet, two piano and trio versions available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. organ

This quiet slow movement in reflective mood is vocal in its style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although featuring chromatic harm Read More...

This quiet slow movement in reflective mood is vocal in its style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although featuring chromatic harmony associated with the romantic era. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The first section is essentially a 4 part chorale featuring romantic chromatic harmony from Schumann’s own time rather than the diatonic harmony of Bach’s time. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition whilst the final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. Schumann’s intention is to combine beauty of sound with a legato touch and it is important for organists to aim for the best legato possible in their playing. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo indication in the score marked as adagio. This is an absorbing and challenging movement to with a particular challenge being to communicate the imitation that is evident in the music score. The music editor suggests playing through the separate lines of the score to gain understanding of the compositional process and points of imitation. This is also a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes and playing at a slow tempo. In the organ realisation two organ sounds have been used. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. In the organ arrangement there is the possibility of adding an additional trill on the G# in bar 31. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce players to chamber music playing. It is quite understandable that other composers and arrangers have re-visited the Studies in Canon by Schumann, in a practical way, with arrangements for various instrument combinations. These arrangements encourage a clearer understanding of the contrapuntal aspects of the original composer’s writing. Explore the solo piano, piano duet, two piano and trio versions available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. tenor saxophone and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Co Read More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. soprano saxophone and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Co Read More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 100 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 92 and Accompaniment 5 at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. cello and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Read More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 100 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 92 and Accompaniment 5 at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. bassoon and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Read More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 100 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 92 and Accompaniment 5 at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. clarinet in Bb and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Read More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. oboe & piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Read More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. flute and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Read More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. solo piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Read More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are are typically found as the lasts movements of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as his compositions and a well-documented and renowned performance history. Close

Thirds Right Hand Technical Drill

Technical Drill Right Hand Thirds: The letter names of the notes can be seen in the note heads which will useful in learning the note positions in Read More...

Technical Drill Right Hand Thirds: The letter names of the notes can be seen in the note heads which will useful in learning the note positions in this chromatic exercise. Why practice thirds? To strengthen the fingers - particularly the weaker 4th and 5th fingers. Practicing thirds is a very good way to develop legato playing. Thirds have a context in performance pieces and musical composition in general. Tips: Keep the fingers near to the keys. Understand: Imagine the weight of the hand goes downwards through the fingers and to the keys. How to practice: The play back tempo is 100 quarter notes beats to the minute but do not be afraid to start at a slower tempo. Play the right hand and left hand separately starting in different octave ranges of the keyboard or piano If the fingers and hands get tense - stop! Relax the hands and arms by your side and start again. Aim for legato playing (smooth - no gaps) and keep to the specified fingering. Remember: that for both the left hand and right hand fingering is the same in piano playing thumb = 1, index = 2, middle = 3, ring = 4 and 5 = the little finger Further Study: When you are confident with what you extend the exercise and give more work to the weaker fingers. Develop some rhythmic variants of the patterns. You can always record and send them as an an mp3 to PlentyMusic and these can perhaps be shared. Listen: Composers such as Chopin, Debussy, Rachmaninov and Kapustin have explored the intervals of a third in technical studies known as Etudes which exist as important and often challenging repertoire for the pianist. Close

Thirds Left Hand Technical Drill

Technical Drill Left Hand Thirds: The letter names of the notes can be seen in the note heads which will helpful in learning the note positions in Read More...

Technical Drill Left Hand Thirds: The letter names of the notes can be seen in the note heads which will helpful in learning the note positions in this chromatic exercise. Why practice thirds? To strengthen the fingers - particularly the weaker 4th and 5th fingers. Practicing thirds is a very good way to develop legato playing. Thirds have a context in performance pieces and musical composition in general. Tips: Keep the fingers near to the keys. Understand: Imagine the weight of the hand goes downwards through the fingers and to the keys. How to practice: The play back tempo is 100 quarter notes beats to the minute but do not be afraid to start at a slower tempo. Play the right hand and left hand separately starting in different octave ranges of the keyboard or piano. If the fingers and hands get tense - stop! Relax the hands and arms by your side and start again. Aim for legato playing (smooth - no gaps) and keep to the specified fingering. Remember: that for both the left hand and right hand fingering is the same in piano playing thumb = 1, index = 2, middle = 3, ring = 4 and 5 = the little finger. Further Study: When you are confident with what you extend the exercise and give more work to the weaker fingers. Develop some rhythmic variants of the patterns. You can always record and send them as an an mp3 to PlentyMusic and these can perhaps be shared. Listen: Composers such as Chopin, Debussy, Rachmaninov and Kapustin have explored the intervals of a third in technical studies known as Etudes which exist as important and often challenging repertoire for the pianist. Close

Gigue en rondeau No.2 arr. organ

This is music worthy of attention and an excellent movement for a keyboard player keen to make progress. The music editor often plays it at weddings. Read More...

This is music worthy of attention and an excellent movement for a keyboard player keen to make progress. The music editor often plays it at weddings. The repeating section has been written out simply for clarity as far as reading the music is concerned. In some editions there is a repeat of the opening 12 bar section but in performance this does rather spoil the symmetry of the movement. The music is presented in a plain score format with minimal score detail. Rameau was a leading French composer of both opera and harpsichord music and also known as a music theorist publishing a Treatise on Harmony in 1722. His music was largely out of fashion by the end of the 18th but there is a renewed interest in his music with recent performances and recordings. Interestingly he didn’t start composing opera until he was in his 50’s. He was one of the masters of 18th century French school of harpsichordists, publishing collections in 1706, 1724 and 1727. This particular movement comes from one of the suites from the 1724 collection. Whilst his keyboard music was intended for the harpsichord in more recent times it is frequently performed on the piano and there are transcriptions of movements available for the organ. The music editions available do generally relate to performances on the harpsichord and these generally have ornaments played in both hands which is something not so common in piano music. The rondeau is a form derived from early French poetry which was shared with the chanson (song form) in the medieval and Renaissance times. It features a repeating refrain (or chorus) and something in time that was adopted in both dance and instrumental forms. The form of this particular movement can be represented as ABACADA with A representing the repeating refrain or chorus. The fact that there are different numbers of bars in each of the phrases is most likely a connection to the poetry structure of earlier times. In the organ version which plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute the repeating refrain section is played on one manual whilst the sections described as episodes are played on a second manual or at least with a different registration. It is suggested that the pedal notes be played on a 16’ stop. Close

Gigue en rondeau No.2 from the Suite in E minor

This is music worthy of attention and an excellent movement for a keyboard player keen to make progress. The repeating section has been written out si Read More...

This is music worthy of attention and an excellent movement for a keyboard player keen to make progress. The repeating section has been written out simply for clarity as far as reading the music is concerned. In some editions there is a repeat of the opening 12 bar section but in performance this does rather spoil the symmetry of the movement. The music is presented in a plain score format with minimal score detail. Rameau was a leading French composer of both opera and harpsichord music and also known as a music theorist publishing a Treatise on Harmony in 1722. His music was largely out of fashion by the end of the 18th but there is a renewed interest in his music with recent performances and recordings. Interestingly he didn’t start composing opera until he was in his 50’s. He was one of the masters of 18th century French school of harpsichordists, publishing collections in 1706, 1724 and 1727. This particular movement comes from one of the suites from the 1724 collection. Whilst his keyboard music was intended for the harpsichord in more recent times it is frequently performed on the piano and there are transcriptions of movements available for the organ. The music editions available do generally relate to performances on the harpsichord and these generally have ornaments played in both hands which is something not so common in piano music. The rondeau is a form derived from early French poetry which was shared with the chanson (song form) in the medieval and Renaissance times. It features a repeating refrain (or chorus) and something in time that was adopted in both dance and instrumental forms. The form of this particular movement can be represented as ABACADA with A representing the repeating refrain. The fact that there are different numbers of bars in each of the phrases is most likely a connection to the poetry structure of earlier times. The piano version plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There are many recordings of this movement including one or two which are quite free in their interpretation particularly of the repeating refrain section turning it almost into an improvisation. Close

Gigue en rondeau No.1 arr. organ

In a performance context the Gigue en rondeau No.1 would be followed by Gigue en rondeau No.2. The two Gigue en rondeau from Rameau’s Suite in E min Read More...

In a performance context the Gigue en rondeau No.1 would be followed by Gigue en rondeau No.2. The two Gigue en rondeau from Rameau’s Suite in E minor from his 1724 collection are excellent movements for a keyboard player to explore. The repeating sections have been written out simply for clarity as far as reading the music is concerned. In some editions there is a repeat of the opening 8 bar section but in a performance this does rather spoils the symmetry of the movement. The music is presented in a plain score format with minimal score detail and ornamentation has been deliberately omitted. Rameau was a leading French composer of both opera and harpsichord music and also known as a music theorist publishing a Treatise on Harmony in 1722. His music was largely out of fashion by the end of the 18th but there is a renewed interest in his music with recent performances and recordings. Interestingly he didn’t start composing opera until he was in his 50’s. He was one of the masters of 18th century French school of harpsichordists, publishing collections in 1706, 1724 and 1727. Whilst his keyboard music was intended for the harpsichord in more recent times it is frequently performed on the piano and there are transcriptions of many movements available for the organ. The music editions available do generally relate to performances on the harpsichord and these generally have ornaments played in both hands which is not something so common in piano music. The rondeau is a form derived from early French poetry which was shared with the chanson (song form) in the medieval and Renaissance times. It features a repeating refrain (or chorus) and something in time that was adopted in both dance and instrumental forms. The form of this particular movement can be represented as ABACA with A representing the repeating refrain or chorus. The organ version plays back at 84 dotted quarter notes to the minute. Close

Gigue en rondeau No.1 from the Suite in E minor

In a performance context the Gigue en rondeau No.1 would be followed by Gigue en rondeau No.2. The two Gigue en rondeau from Rameau’s Suite in E min Read More...

In a performance context the Gigue en rondeau No.1 would be followed by Gigue en rondeau No.2. The two Gigue en rondeau from Rameau’s Suite in E minor from his 1724 collection are excellent movements for a keyboard player to explore. The repeating sections have been written out simply for clarity as far as reading the music is concerned. In some editions there is a repeat of the opening 8 bar section but in a performance this does rather spoils the symmetry of the movement. The music is presented in a plain score format with minimal score detail and ornamentation has been deliberately omitted. Rameau was a leading French composer of both opera and harpsichord music and also known as a music theorist publishing a Treatise on Harmony in 1722. His music was largely out of fashion by the end of the 18th but there is a renewed interest in his music with recent performances and recordings. Interestingly he didn’t start composing opera until he was in his 50’s. He was one of the masters of 18th century French school of harpsichordists, publishing collections in 1706, 1724 and 1727. Whilst his keyboard music was intended for the harpsichord in more recent times it is frequently performed on the piano and there are transcriptions of many movements available for the organ. The music editions available do generally relate to performances on the harpsichord and these generally have ornaments played in both hands which is not something so common in piano music. The rondeau is a form derived from early French poetry which was shared with the chanson (song form) in the medieval and Renaissance times. It features a repeating refrain (or chorus) and something in time that was adopted in both dance and instrumental forms. The form of this particular movement can be represented as ABACA with A representing the repeating refrain or chorus. The piano version plays back at 84 dotted quarter notes to the minute. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. oboe, clarinet in A and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. An oboe substitutes for the violin and a clarinet in A for the violoncel Read More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. An oboe substitutes for the violin and a clarinet in A for the violoncello. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing oboe part. the Primo or Secondo parts. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. 2 clarinets in A and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. Two clarinets in A substitute for the violin and the violoncello. The mu Read More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. Two clarinets in A substitute for the violin and the violoncello. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the first clarinet in A part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No. 3 Opus 56 arr. flute, clarinet in A and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin and the clarinet in A for the viol Read More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin and the clarinet in A for the violoncello. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. clarinet in A, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The clarinet in A substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangem Read More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The clarinet in A substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the clarinet in A part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. violin, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at Read More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the violin part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. flute, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with Read More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with some re-scoring of the fluteto keep to the instruments range. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. oboe, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The oboe substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with Read More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The oboe substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with some re-scoring of the oboe and violoncello part towards the end of the movement. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso p Read More...

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments and for those that require clarity on how they should be played refer to the video score on our YouTube channel. The performance practice with this movement the music editor would suggest is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The music editor has avoided suggesting a rit at the end of the movement although in performance this is an option. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy whilst the piano trio arrangements of Kirchner provide additional repertoire and ensemble opportunities. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. The two bar count in features the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.3 arr. two pianos

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso p Read More...

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments and for those that require clarity on how they should be played refer to the video score on our YouTube channel. The performance practice with this movement the music editor would suggest is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The music editor has avoided suggesting a rit at the end of the movement although in performance this is an option. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy whilst the piano trio arrangements of Kirchner provide additional repertoire and ensemble opportunities. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the violin parts. Accompaniment 1 plays at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. The two bar count in features the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 organ

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso p Read More...

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composers keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy whilst the piano trio arrangements of Kirchner offer excellent additional repertoire.When playing this music on the organ understand than it was composed for an instrument described as a pedal piano which had one keyboard with a pedal board. It was often used as a practice instrument by organists. It is possible to see one being played on YouTube. Close

Study in Canon No.2 violin, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this his original arrangement for violin, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. Parts for both violin and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in featuring the sound of the woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.2 soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the soprano saxophone part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for both saxophones appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays back at 63 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the soprano saxophone as a solo. The piano and tenor saxophone sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 soprano saxophone, baritone saxophone & piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone, baritone saxophone and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the soprano saxophone part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for both saxophones appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays back at 63 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the soprano part as a solo. The piano and baritone saxophone sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 oboe, bassoon and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for oboe, bassoon and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part needed to keep to the range of the instrument and some minor re-scoring of the parts in bar 51. Parts for the oboe and bassoon are appended to the full score. The realisation plays back at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and bassoon sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in utilising the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.2 clarinet in B Flat, bass clarinet and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb, bass clarinet and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the flute part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for the clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. The music editor would like to hear from bass clarinet players as to the practicality of playing the low notes in the score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the clarinet in Bb part as a solo. The piano and bass clarinet sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 flute, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for flute, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the flute part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for the flute and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 clarinet in B Flat, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the clarinet in Bb part to assist in keeping to the range of the instrument. Parts for the clarinet in Bb and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 63 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in featuring the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.2 oboe, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for oboe, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part t needed to keep to the range of the instrument and some minor re-scoring of the parts in bar 51. Parts for the oboe and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in utilising the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No. 4 violin, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal fa Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for violin, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German word ‘Innig’ which means ‘heartfelt’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score which can be viewed on our YouTube channel although symbols are used in the sheet music score. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. Instrument players will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element is a strong feature There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There are many recordings to explore of the trio arrangements and it would be well worth some time listening to a sample of the different versions that exist. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the violon part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute from bar 20. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 5 plays at 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.4 clarinet in B Flat, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal fa Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German word ‘Innig’ which means ‘heartfelt’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score which can be viewed on our YouTube channel although symbols are used in the sheet music score. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. Instrument players will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element is a strong feature There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There are many recordings to explore of the trio arrangements and it would be well worth some time listening to a sample of the different versions that exist. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the clarinet in Bb part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute from bar 20. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 5 plays at 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.4 flute, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal fa Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for flute, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German word ‘Innig’ which means ‘heartfelt’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score which can be viewed on our YouTube channel although symbols are used in the sheet music score. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. Instrument players will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element is a strong feature There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There are many recordings to explore of the trio arrangements and it would be well worth some time listening to a sample of the different versions that exist. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute from bar 20. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 5 plays at 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.4 oboe, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal fa Read More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for oboe, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German word ‘Innig’ which means ‘heartfelt’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score which can be viewed on the YouTube channel although symbols are used in the sheet music score. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. Instrument players will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element is a strong feature There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There are many recordings to explore of the trio arrangements and it would be well worth some time listening to a sample of the different versions that exist. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute from bar 20. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 5 plays at 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.4 arr. two pianos

The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refer to the past with the chromatic language of the ro Read More...

The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refer to the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and both ordered and appealing music to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The realisation in the video score is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. Pianists should approach playing the Study in Canon No.4 with a lightness in the hands ensuring that there is clarity in their understanding of the musical texture. The texture is straightforward in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. There is value in pianists playing through each of the lines to understand the imitation processes that are incorporated in the score. The music included in Robert Schumann’s Opus 56 collection has been arranged by Georges Bizet for piano duet and Claude Debussy for two pianos and in these arrangements the composing principles of canon and imitation aspects are much easier to explore. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score although the music editor suggests omitting the small decorative/ornamental notes in the early stages of learning the movement. The uses of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. Pianists will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element in the movement is strong. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. Players may well wish to make use of the piano sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Piano 1 or Piano 2 part. The Piano 1 sounds on the one side of the stereo channel channel and the Piano 2 on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 90 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 5 plays at 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. In a performance situation printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No. 4 arr. organ

The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refer to the past with the chromatic language of the ro Read More...

The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refer to the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are ordered and appealing music to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style rather than directly imitating or copying it. The texture is straightforward in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 68 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 72 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. There is value in organists playing through the lines to understand the imitation processes that are incorporated in the score. The music included in Robert Schumann’s Opus 56 collection has been arranged by Georges Bizet for piano duet and Claude Debussy for two pianos and in these arrangements the composing principles of canon and imitation aspects are much easier to explore. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic and chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score whilst the small decorative notes in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound. In the video score each line of music is associated with a stave and so the music is presented slightly differently to how it appears in the sheet music score. The video score plays at 72 quaver beats from bar 1 – 18 and and then in the piu mosso section at 80 eighth notes (quaver) to the minute. Organists will need to ensure that their reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element in the movement is strong . There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. Close

Study in Canon No. 4 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refer to the past with the chromatic language of the ro Read More...

The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refer to the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are ordered and appealing music to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than direct imitating or copying. The realisation in the video score is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. Pianists should approach playing thee Opus 56 pieces with a lightness in the hands ensuring that there is clarity in their understanding of the musical texture. The texture is transparent in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. There is value in pianists playing through the lines to understand the imitation processes that are incorporated in the score. The music included in Robert Schumann’s Opus 56 collection has been arranged by Georges Bizet for piano duet and Claude Debussy for two pianos and in these arrangements the composing principles of canon and imitation aspects are much easier to explore. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score although the music editor suggests omitting the small decorative/ornamental notes in the early stages of learning the movement. The uses of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. In the video score each line of music is associated with a stave and so the music is presented slightly differently to how it appears in the sheet music score. The video score plays at 72 quaver beats from bar 1 – 18 and and then in the piu mosso section at 80 eighth notes (quaver) to the minute. Pianists will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element in the movement is strong . There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. Players may well wish to make use of the piano sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo part. The primo part sounds on the one side of the stereo channel channel and the secondo on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 90 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute.Accompaniment 5 plays at 82 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. In a performance situation printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Scarborough Fair arr. flute & piano

An arrangement for flute and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) beats t Read More...

An arrangement for flute and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. The melody section is repeated 4 times by the solo instrumentalist and it is the piano accompaniment that is varied for each verse. The arrangement has been designed very much to build confidence in solo playing working alongside a competent accompanist. Texturally the music is quite sparse which helps give it a haunting quality. The accompanist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated in the score. The lyrics for the song are well worth a read through because they identify many of the challenges of modern living despite having their origins in the English ballad culture of many centuries ago. A flute part is appended to the full score. The three accompaniment options have tempi of 1) 150 2) 144 and 3) 138 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute which can be alternatively looked at as being 1) 50 2) 48, and 3) 46 dotted half notes (minims) to the minute. If you are confused the music editor understands completely but the best advice is to play with a one to a bar feel. Close

Study in Canon No. 2 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

Composed in the key In the key A minor this movement in ABA ternary form has a haunting quality. The realisation plays back at 66 dotted quarter notes Read More...

Composed in the key In the key A minor this movement in ABA ternary form has a haunting quality. The realisation plays back at 66 dotted quarter notes to the minute. The voice leading particularly in the two top lines of the organ solo is often quite difficult to follow and that is why the piano duet version arranged by Bizet and the two piano version arranged by Debussy are well worth exploring. The music editor suggests slow practice in the first instance to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate. Chromaticism is a strong feature of this movement. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and as far (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There is a substantial amount of score detail in the sheet music scores particularly in respect to the articulation of notes. Players may well wish to make use of the piano sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. In temperament, Schumann was quite insecure and the Studies in Canon perhaps reflect the need for a himto reacquaint himself with the discipline of counterpoint. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 72 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 69 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 66 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 63 quarter note beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in with the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.2 arr. two pianos

Composed in the key In the key A minor this movement in ABA ternary form has a haunting beautiful quality. Debussy has created an arrangement which h Read More...

Composed in the key In the key A minor this movement in ABA ternary form has a haunting beautiful quality. Debussy has created an arrangement which has beauty, shape and a sense of space. Debussy probably better than any other communicates the elements of the canonic study in his two piano arrangement of this movement creating the space and texture to communicate the details of the canon. Some of the detail of the scoring is different to Schumann’s original version for pedal piano. It is very interesting that other composers have re-visited Schumann’s Studies in Canon Opus 56 namely Bizet and Debussy. Tempo rubato is a musical element that could be explored in a performance although it has not been used in the realisation. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Piano I or Piano II parts. The Piano I part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and Piano II on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 69 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 66 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 63 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in with the sound of a woodblock. As the music is in 12/8 time the music editor suggests that players should familiarise themeselves with this. In a performance situation printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No. 2 Opus 56 for organ

The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. The Read More...

The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. The voice leading particularly in the two top lines of the organ solo is often quite difficult to follow and that is why the piano duet version arranged by Bizet and the two piano version arranged by Debussy are well worth exploring. Schumann was quite an insecure individual both in himself and in his abilities as a composer. The reason for this is both can be understood by knowing that in that his original ambition was to be a pianist and secondly that a very overbearing father-in-law. There is added significance in the observation that this scond movement Opus 56 movement is 56 bars long. Schumann had an obsession with puzzles particularly mathematical ones. When playing this music on the organ understand than it was composed for an instrument described as a pedal piano which had one keyboard which was often used as a practice instrument by organists. Unsurprisingly, in music composed for this instrument with just one keyboard there is opportunity to share parts between the hands in some sections. The realisation plays back at 66 dotted quarter notes (crotchet) beats to the minute. From the music setting point of view this is quite a challenging piece particularly sorting out the two top voices which often are together in the same clef. For the player separating the voices by playing stems up for one voice and stems down for another offers clarity in understanding of the parts. Close

Mi-a-ou from the Dolly Suite Opus 56 arr piano 4 hands (piano duet)

Mi-a-ou is the second movement of the Dolly Suite Opus 56 which was originally published as a piano duet. The realisation score plays back at a tempo Read More...

Mi-a-ou is the second movement of the Dolly Suite Opus 56 which was originally published as a piano duet. The realisation score plays back at a tempo of 72 dotted half beats (minim) beats to the minute although there is a slower section towards the end of the movement. The tempo needs to be brisk but controlled. Some use of the sustaining pedal to communicate the range of the harmonic colour is recommended in one or two sections but is not indicated in the sheet music score. The writing is very pianistic in the sense that there are not too many technical difficulties and the chords fall nicely for the fingers. Rehearsal markings are in place in the score. Duettists will need to play with a lightness in the hands and there needs to be clarity in the articulation of the melodic ideas. Fauré as a composer is capable of writing music that has great appeal for both player and audience. The rhythmic detail is always interesting and the combination of a chromatic harmony with the add reference to the modal past gives the music a modern context. There are many recordings from both recent times and the recording archive which are worth exploring. The two piano parts Primo and Secondo can be downloaded as mp3 accompaniments enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo part The Primo part sounds on the right channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the left channel. Accompaniment 1 plays at 76 dotted half notes to the minute beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 at 69 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute. There is a 4 bar click beat before the music starts playing to give a clear pulse to players. The accompaniments have been recorded at a bit rate 256 kbps. When performing printing two pages of music on to one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. The accompaniments will be uploaded in the next few days. Close

Kitty-Valse from the Dolly Suite Opus 56 for piano 4 hands (piano duet)

Kitty-Valse is the fourth movement of the Dolly Suite Opus 56 originally published as a piano duet. The music needs to be played with a light one in a Read More...

Kitty-Valse is the fourth movement of the Dolly Suite Opus 56 originally published as a piano duet. The music needs to be played with a light one in a bar feel. Fauré as a composer is capable of writing music that has great appeal for both player and audience. The rhythmic detail is always interesting and the combination of a chromatic harmony with the added reference to the modal past gives the music a modern context. There are many recordings from both recent times and the recording archive which are worth exploring. The video score plays back at a tempo of 69 dotted half beats is the fourth movement of the (minim) beats to the minute. Some use of the sustaining pedal to communicate the range of the harmonic colour is recommended but is not indicated in the sheet music score. The realisation is possibly lacking in a lightness of touch that the music editor suggests is needed. Duettists will need to play with a lightness in the hands which is not altogether suggested in the playback of the video score. Additionally, there is probably a context for tempo rubato when playing this movement. The two piano parts primo and secondo can be downloaded as accompaniments enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo part The primo part sounds on one side of the stereo signal and the secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 69 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 66 dotted half note (minim) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 63 dotted half note beats (mimim) to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 60 dotted minim beats. There is a 4 bar click beat before the music starts playing to give a clear pulse to players. The accompaniments have been recorded at a bit rate 256 kbps. When performing printing two pages of music on to one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Rondo: Second Movement from Sonata in D for Opus 6 for piano four hands (piano duet)

The Sonata in D for piano four hands Opus 6 was published in 1797. A rondo is a piece with a recurring theme and typically used as a last movement by Read More...

The Sonata in D for piano four hands Opus 6 was published in 1797. A rondo is a piece with a recurring theme and typically used as a last movement by Beethoven in his sonatas and concertos. They frequently contain music and melodic ideas that express the composer’s sunnier and uplifting side. The Rondo from Opus 6 offers a great opportunity for pianists to develop their ensemble playing skills. The playback tempo in the video score is 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The sustaining pedal can and should be used in a performance although it has not been indicated in the score. Clarity in the articulation of the musical ideas is essential in a successful performance and the contrast between legato and staccato playing can be explored to the full in a performance. Beethoven’s music always has clear harmonic direction and a strong sense of drama. He is also great one for exploring musical form and the dynamic element of music and these elements are evident in what is a relatively early published work. In the video score the ornaments are written out in full. There is always great clarity of intention in the composer’s compositional approach. Accents in Beethoven’s music are quite often placed on the weaker beats of the bar to which help gives his music its characteristic restlessness. Maintaining the rhythmic independence of the musical lines is an important consideration in a performance of the movement. The loud going to soft marking fp is a very characteristic Beethoven score marking. sf in the music score indicates what is known as a forzando or a forceful accent. In the video score the ornaments have also been written out in full. The score layout is ideal for auditioning the movement as a video although the sheet music scores from the PlentyMusic website have Primo and Secondo parts separated onto different pages as is the convention for piano duets. The primo and secondo parts can be downloaded separately as “accompaniments” enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo parts. The primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the secondo part sounds on the other. The tempos are as follows in quarter note beats to the bar Accompaniment 1 plays at 116 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 112 quarter note (crotchet) note beats Accompaniment 3 at 108 quarter note (crotchet) note beats and Accompaniment 4 at 104 quarter note (crotchet) note beats. There is a four bar count in /click introduction on the accompaniment mp3 files which are recorded at 256kbps.When performing printing two pages of music on to one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. It is a good idea for players to use a metronome in their preparation. Close

Soirée Polka arr. piano four hands (piano duet)

Foster’s “ Soirée Polka” is an appealing and rhythmic piece suited to being played by a wide range of instruments and instrumental groups alth Read More...

Foster’s “ Soirée Polka” is an appealing and rhythmic piece suited to being played by a wide range of instruments and instrumental groups although the musical material needs to be played with a lightness of touch. A tempo of 108 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the playback score. The polka is a lively folk dance full of character originating from the area now known as Czechia (Bohemia). Its popularity spread widely throughout Europe and subsequently North and South America. The dance is upbeat and celebratory in character and written in 2/4 time. Stephen Foster (1826-1864) is known as the “father of American music,” responsible for writing over 200 songs many of which are still very well known today. His “My Old Kentucky Home” has been the official state song of Kentucky since 1928. He began composing as a teenager and attempted to live his life as a professional songwriter at a time before copyright laws protected a composer’s work so it was impossible for him to earn a decent living. There are a number of variants of this piece in existence so don’t be concerned if you familiar with a slightly different version. The two piano parts primo and secondo can be downloaded separately as mp3 accompaniments enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo part. The primo part sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the secondo part on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 108 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 100 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 96 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute.There is a 4 bar click beat before the music starts playing to give a pulse and tempo indication for players. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.1 Opus 56 arr. organ

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably strong in a work composed, at a time that Schumann was i Read More...

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably strong in a work composed, at a time that Schumann was intent on restoring rigour and confidence to his own compositional process. For players a secure and even technique is needed to play this relatively short movement. Whilst this music references the past there is a romantic twist or two in the harmonic language. A tempo of 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the organ realisation. Trills begin on the note and the pattern is shown in the ossia stave in bar 7 where the trill is notated. Understand that the melodic and rhythmic shapes of the ornaments need to be played consistently throughout the movement. The trills do not sound in the organ realisation. Schumann’s Canonic Studies were composed in 1845 for pedal piano and subsequently arranged for piano duet / piano four hands by Georges Bizet. There are also other versions for solo piano, two pianos and string quartet. Close

Keyboard Sonata in D minor K.417

The Keyboard Sonata in D minor K.417 is a Fuga and can be performed on either the harpsichord, organ or piano and is believed to date from 1754. It is Read More...

The Keyboard Sonata in D minor K.417 is a Fuga and can be performed on either the harpsichord, organ or piano and is believed to date from 1754. It is composed in a style that refences the past and the notation in long notes imitates the style of writing associated particularly with the polyphonic lines of church music. It has some beautiful soaring lines and is a great piece of music for both the player and listener. Domenico Scarlatti did not compose many fugues and whilst he worked in relative isolation his compositional approach anticipates and looks to the future rather than the past. His father, Alessandro was the one more inclined to compose fugues. The organ realisation plays back at 84 half note beats to the minute. Domenico Scarlatti although born in Italy spent most of his working life employed by the Royal Courts in Portugal and Spain working as a musician, composer and teacher particularly of members of the royal household. His contribution to the repertoire are his 550+ keyboard sonata most of which are very inventive pieces in AB binary form. Little of his music was published in his own lifetime. Close

Duet No.2 in F BWV 803 (Piano)

The Duet in F BWV 803 was published in 1739 being one of 4 Duettos. The sheet music copy available from the PlentyMusic website has suggested fingerin Read More...

The Duet in F BWV 803 was published in 1739 being one of 4 Duettos. The sheet music copy available from the PlentyMusic website has suggested fingering in place and the cadential ornamentation is written out. The second duet in F major BWV 803 is a fugue written in the form of a da capo aria ABA. The 4 Duets are part of Clavier-Übung III or the German Organ Mass and composed really at the zenith of the composer’s contrapuntal writing. The edited music score has suggested fingering in place which should serve as a useful guide in the first instance. The music editor’s concept is that once familiarised with the movement players will default to the plain score perhaps substituting their own choice of fingering when they feel it is appropriate.The tempo of the piano realisation and video score is 96 quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A piece when played on the piano with energy and purpose that really can/does come alive. This is quite stunning contrapuntal music composed when J.S. Bach was at the top of his form. A very delicate almost paintbrush stoke is required particularly in the B section but an awareness of how to use weight in the hands is also most applicable in the A section. It is becoming one of the music editors most absorbing pieces to play and listen to simply because it explores so many aspects of articulation and performance and yet the conception is in just two parts. Pianists need to have a Lightness in the hands and touch needs to be explored at all times. Close

Sinfonia No.12 in A BWV 798 (Organ)